Realtek PON Diagshell User Guide RTK Diag Shell V0.0.1

User Manual: Pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 529

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
SDK Diag Shell
RTL8690x

User Guide

(CONFIDENTIAL: Development Partners Only)

Rev. 0.0.1
30 Nov 2012

Realtek Semiconductor Corp.
No. 2, Innovation Road II, Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300, Taiwan
Tel.: +886-3-578-0211 Fax: +886-3-577-6047
www.realtek.com

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

COPYRIGHT
©2009-2010 Realtek Semiconductor Corp. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be
reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in
any form or by any means without the written permission of Realtek Semiconductor Corp.
TRADEMARKS
Realtek is a trademark of Realtek Semiconductor Corporation. Other names mentioned in this
document are trademarks/registered trademarks of their respective owners.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

DISCLAIMER
Realtek provides this document “as is”, without warranty of any kind, neither expressed nor implied,
including, but not limited to, the particular purpose. Realtek may make improvements and/or changes
in this document or in the product described in this document at any time. This document could
include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors.

USING THIS DOCUMENT
This document is intended for use by the system engineer when integrating with Realtek Switch
Software SDK. Though every effort has been made to assure that this document is current and
accurate, more information may have become available subsequent to the production of this guide. In
that event, please contact your Realtek representative for additional information that may help in the
development process.
REVISION HISTORY
Revision

Release Date

0.0.1

201211-30

SFU Product

Summary
Initial version for 8690x chip

Page 2 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Table of Contents
Chapter 1
1.1
1.2
1.3

Introduction
Conventions
Argument Types
Command Help

16
16
16
17

Chapter 2
2.1.

Commands
VLAN commands

18
18

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

vlan init

18

vlan create

19

vlan destroy

20

vlan set vlan-table

21

vlan get vlan-table

23

vlan set entry

24

vlan get entry

26

vlan set accept-frame-type

27

vlan get accept-frame-type

28

vlan set egress

29

vlan get egress

30

vlan set tag-mode

33

vlan get tag-mode

34

vlan set vlan-treat vid

35

vlan get vlan-treat vid

36

vlan set cfi-keep

37

vlan get cfi-keep

38

vlan set transparent

39

vlan get transparent

40

vlan set ingress-filter

41

vlan get ingress-filter

42

vlan set state

43

vlan get state

44

vlan set pvid

45

vlan get pvid

46

vlan set ext-pvid

47

vlan get ext-pvid

48

vlan set protocol-vlan

49

Page 3 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide
vlan get protocol-vlan

50

vlan set port-based-fid

51

vlan get port-based-fid

52

vlan set port-based-pri

53

vlan get port-based-pri

54

vlan set leaky

55

vlan get leaky

56

vlan set keep-format

57

vlan get kee-format

58

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
2.2.

SFU Product

SVLAN commands

59

svlan init

59

svlan create

60

svlan destroy

61

svlan set entry

62

svlan get entry

64

svlan set svlan-table

65

svlan get svlan-table

67

svlan set port svid

68

svlan get port svid

69

svlan set service-port

70

svlan get service-port

71

svlan set lookup-type

72

svlan get lookup-type

73

svlan set tpid

74

svlan get tpid

75

svlan set priority-source

76

svlan get priority-source

77

svlan set unmatch

78

svlan get unmatch

79

svlan set untag

80

svlan get untag

81

svlan set trap-priority

82

svlan get trap-priority

83

svlan set dei-keep state

84

svlan get dei-keep state

85

svlan set vlan-aggregation

86

svlan get vlan-aggregation

87

svlan add vlan-conversion

88

svlan del vlan-conversion

90

Page 4 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.3.

svlan get vlan-conversion

91

svlan set vlan-conversion sp2c unmatch-action

93

svlan get vlan-conversion sp2c unmatch-action

94

QoS commands

95

qos init

95

qos set priority-to-queue

96

qos get priority-to-queue

98

qos set remapping

99

qos get remapping

102

qos set priority-selector

104

qos get priority-selector

105

qos get remarking dot1p

108

qos set remarking dscp

109

qos get remarking dscp

111

qos set scheduling algorithm

112

qos get scheduling algorithm

113

qos set scheduling queue-weight

114

qos get scheduling queue-weight

115

qos set avb remapping

116

qos get avb remapping

118

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
2.4.

SFU Product

l2-table commands

119

l2-table init

119

l2-table set aging-time

120

l2-table get aging-time

121

l2-table set limit-learning

122

l2-table get limit-learning

124

l2-table get learning-exceed

125

l2-table set src-port-egress-f ilter

126

l2-table get src-port-egress-filter

127

l2-table clear learning-exceed

128

l2-table set aging-out

129

l2-table get aging-out

130

l2-table add ip-mcast dip

131

l2-table get ip-mcast dip

133

l2-table del ip-mcast dip

134

l2-table add ip-mcast sip dip

135

l2-table get ip-mcast sip dip

137

l2-table del ip-mcast sip dip

138

l2-table add ip-mcast vid dip

139

Page 5 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide
l2-table get ip-mcast vid dip

141

l2-table del ip-mcast vid dip

142

l2-table add mac-mcast filter-id

143

l2-table get mac-mcast filter-id

144

l2-table del mac-mcast filter-id

145

l2-table get mac-mcast vid

147

l2-table del mac-mcast vid

148

l2-table add mac-ucast vid

149

l2-table get mac-ucast vid

151

l2-table del mac-ucast vid

152

l2-table add mac-ucast filter-id

153

l2-table get mac-ucast filter-id

155

l2-table del mac-ucast filter-id

156

l2-table set mac-ucast enhanced-filter-id

157

l2-table get entry

158

l2-table del all

159

l2-table get next-entry

160

l2-table set link-down-flush

161

l2-table get link-down-flush

162

l2-table set flush mac-ucast

163

l2-table get learning-count

164

l2-table set ip-mcast-mode

165

l2-table get ip-mcast-mode

166

l2-table set lookup-miss action

167

l2-table get lookup-miss action

169

l2-table set ip-mcast-data action

170

l2-table get ip-mcast-data action

171

l2-table set port-move action

172

l2-table get port-move action

173

l2-table set unknown-sa action

174

l2-table get unknown-sa action

175

l2-table set lookup-miss flood-ports

176

l2-table get lookup-miss flood-ports

177

l2-table set lookup-miss multicast trap-priority

178

l2-table get lookup-miss multicast trap-priority

179

l2-table set lookup-miss multicast reserved-flooding

180

l2-table get lookup-miss reserved-flooding

181

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

2.5.

trap commands

182

trap init

SFU Product

182

Page 6 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.6.

trap set cdp

183

trap get cdp

184

trap set csstp

185

trap get csstp

186

rma commands

187

rma set action

187

rma get action

188

rma set priority

189

rma get priority

190

rma dump

191

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
2.7.

2.8.

SFU Product

igmp commands

192

igmp set action

192

igmp get action

193

igmp set igmp-mld checksum-error

194

igmp get igmp-mld checksum-error

195

igmp set igmp-mld isolation-leaky

196

igmp get igmp-mld isolation-leaky

197

igmp set igmp-mld vlan-leaky

198

igmp get igmp-mld vlan-leaky

199

igmp set ip-mcast-lookup-mode

200

igmp get ip-mcast-lookup-mode

201

igmp set ip-mcast-table

202

igmp get ip-mcast-table

203

Storm Control commands

204

storm-control set broadcast state

204

storm-control set boradcast

205

storm-control get boradcast

206

storm-control set multicast

207

storm-control get multicast

208

storm-control set unknown-multicast

209

storm-control get unknown-multicast

210

storm-control set unknown-unicast

211

storm-control get unknown-unicast

212

storm-control set arp-storm

213

storm-control get arp-storm

214

storm-control set dhcp-storm

215

storm-control get dhcp-storm

216

storm-control set igmp-mld-storm

217

storm-control get igmp-mld-storm

218

Page 7 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.9.

2.10.

storm-control set bypass-packet

219

storm-control get bypass-packet

220

stp commands

221

stp init

221

stp set state

222

stp get state

223

Mirror commands

224

mirror init

224

mirror set mirroring

225

mirror dump

226

mirror set egress-mode

227

mirror get egress-mode

228

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
2.11.

2.12.

2.13.

SFU Product

meter commands

229

meter init

229

meter set entry

230

meter get entry

231

meter get meter-exceed

232

meter reset meter-exceed

233

meter set tick-token

234

meter get tick-token

235

meter set pon-tick-token

236

meter get pon-tick-token

237

bandwidth commands

238

bandwidth init

238

bandwidth set egress ifg

239

bandwidth get egress ifg

240

bandwidth set egress port

241

bandwidth get egress port

243

bandwidth set ingress port

244

bandwidth get ingress port

245

bandwidth set ingress ifg

246

bandwidth get ingress ifg

247

bandwidth set ingress bypass-packet

248

bandwidth get ingress bypass-packet

249

bandwidth set ingress flow-control

250

bandwidth get ingress flow-control

251

mib commands

252

mib init

252

mib dump counter

253

Page 8 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide
mib reset counter

256

mib dump statistic

257

mib reset statistic

258

mib set statistic mode

259

mib get statistic mode

260

mib set statistic type

261

mib get statistic type

262

mib get packet-debug-reason

263

mib set sync-mode

264

mib get sync-mode

265

mib set reset-value

266

mib get reset-value

267

mib set ctag-length

268

mib get ctag-length

269

mib set count-mode

270

mib get count-mode

271

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
2.14.

SFU Product

ACL commands

272

acl init

272

acl add entry

273

acl del entry

274

acl get entry

276

acl show

278

acl clear

280

acl set rule

281

acl show rule

284

acl clear action

285

acl set action

287

acl show action

290

acl show template

291

acl clear template

292

acl set template

293

acl add template

295

acl get template

297

acl del template

298

acl set range-vid

299

acl get range-vid

300

acl set range-ip

301

acl get range-ip

303

acl set range-l4port

304

Page 9 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide
acl get range-l4port

305

acl set range-length

306

acl get range-length

307

acl get reason

308

acl set mode

309

acl get mode

310

acl set state

311

acl get state

312

acl set permit

313

acl get permit

314

field-selector set

315

f ield-selector get

316

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
2.15.

2.16.

SFU Product

PON Mac commands

317

pon init

317

pon set t-cont

318

pon get t-cont

320

pon add t-cont

322

pon del t-cont

323

pon set llid

324

pon get llid

326

pon add llid

328

pon del llid

329

pon clear

330

pon reset

331

Classfication commands

332

classf init

332

classf clear

333

classf show

334

classf set rule

335

classf set downstream-action

338

classf set upstream-action

341

classf add entry

344

classf get entry

346

classf del entry

347

classf set operation

348

classf get operation

349

classf set cf-sel-port

350

classf get cf-sel-port

351

classf set upstream-unmatch-act

352

Page 10 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide
classf get upstream-unmatch-act

353

classf set permit-sel-range

354

classf get permit-sel-range

355

classf set remarking dscp

356

classf get remarking dscp

357

classf set range-ip

358

classf get range-ip

359

classf set range-l4port

360

classf get range-l4port

361

classf set us-1p-remark-prior

362

classf get us-1p-remark-prior

363

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
2.17.

SFU Product

GPON commands

364

gpon init

364

gpon deinitial

365

gpon set serial-number

366

gpon get serial-number

367

gpon set password

368

gpon get password

369

gpon activate

370

gpon deactivate

371

gpon get onu-state

372

gpon get alarm-status

373

gpon set active-timer

374

gpon get active-timer

375

gpon set ds-laser

376

gpon set ds-phy

377

gpon set ds-ploam

378

gpon set ds-bwmap

379

gpon set ds-gem

380

gpon set ds-eth

381

gpon set ds-omci

382

gpon get ds parameters

383

gpon set us-laser

385

gpon set us-phy

386

gpon set us-ploam

387

gpon set us-dbr

388

gpon get us parameters

389

gpon add tcont alloc-id

390

gpon del tcont alloc-id

391

Page 11 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide
gpon get tcont alloc-id

392

gpon show tcont

393

gpon add ds-flow flow-id

394

gpon del ds-flow flow-id

395

gpon get ds-flow flow-id

396

gpon show ds-flow

397

gpon add us-flow flow-id

398

gpon del us-flow flow-id

399

gpon get us-flow flow-id

400

gpon show us-flow

401

gpon add multicast-filter-entry

402

gpon del multicast-filter-entry

403

gpon get multicast-f ilter-entry

404

gpon show multicast-filter-entry

405

gpon set multicast-filter

406

gpon get multicast-f ilter

408

gpon set tx

409

gpon get tx

410

gpon show counter global

411

gpon show counter tcont

413

gpon show counter flow

414

gpon omci_tx

415

gpon set auto-tcont

416

gpon get auto-tcont

417

gpon set auto-boh

418

gpon get auto-boh

419

gpon set eqd-offset

420

gpon get eqd-offset

421

gpon set debug

422

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
2.18.

SFU Product

Switch commands

423

switch init

423

switch set 48-pass-1

424

switch get 48-pass-1

425

switch set ipg-compensation

426

switch get ipg-compensation

427

switch set bypass-tx-crc

428

switch get bypass-tx-crc

429

switch set rx-check-crc

430

switch get rx-check-crc

431

Page 12 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide
switch set mac-address

432

switch get mac-address

433

switch set max-pkt-len

434

switch get max-pkt-len

435

switch set limit-pause

436

switch get limit-pause

437

switch set small-ipg-tag

438

switch get small-ipg-tag

439

switch set small-pkt

440

switch get small-pkt

441

switch set output-drop

442

switch get output-drop

443

switch set back-pressure

444

switch get back-pressure

445

switch reset

446

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
2.19.

2.20.

SFU Product

Dot1x commands

447

dot1x init

447

dot1x set port-based

448

dot1x get port-based

449

dot1x set mac-based

450

dot1x get mac-based

451

dot1x set trap-priority

452

dot1x get trap-priority

453

dot1x set unauth-packet

454

dot1x get unauth-packet

455

dot1x set guest-vlan

456

dot1x get guest-vlan

457

Trunk commands

458

trunk init

458

trunk set distribute-algorithm

459

trunk get distribute-algorithm

460

trunk set flood-mode

461

trunk get flood-mode

462

trunk set flow-control

463

trunk get flow-control

464

trunk set hash-mapping

465

trunk get hash-mapping

466

trunk set member-port

467

trunk get member-port

468

Page 13 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.21.

trunk set mode

469

trunk get mode

470

trunk get queue-empty

471

Auto Fallback commands

472

auto-fallback set port

472

auto-fallback get port

473

auto-fallback set error-count

475

auto-fallback get error-count

476

auto-fallback set monitor-count

477

auto-fallback get monitor-count

478

auto-fallback set ignore-timeout

479

auto-fallback get ignore-timeout

480

auto-fallback set reduce-power-level

481

auto-fallback get reduce-power-level

482

auto-fallback set timer

483

auto-fallback get timer

484

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
2.22.

2.23.

SFU Product

OAM commands

485

oam init

485

oam set state

486

oam get state

487

oam set multiplexer

488

oam get multiplexer

489

oam set parser

490

oam get parser

491

oam set trap-priority

492

oam get trap-priority

493

Loop commands

494

rldp init

494

rldp get state

496

rldp get status

497

rldp clear status

498

rldp set magic

499

rldp get magic

500

rldp get identif ier

501

rldp set compare-typ

502

rldp get compare-typ

503

rldp set period

504

rldp get period

505

rldp set number

506

Page 14 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide
rldp get number

507

rldp set control-state

508

rldp get control-state

509

rldp get looped-port-id

510

rldp set re-generate-identifier

511

rldp set handle

512

rldp get handle

513

rldp set mode

514

rldp get mode

515

rldp set bypass-flow-control

516

rldp get bypass-flow-control

517

rlpp set trap

518

rlpp get trap

519

Interrupt commands

520

interrupt init

520

interrupt set mask

521

interrupt get mask

522

interrupt get status

523

interrupt clear status

524

interrupt get status detail

525

interrupt clear status detail

526

interrupt set polarity

527

interrupt get polarity

528

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 15 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Chapter 1

Introduction

This document provides a summary of the commands supported on the
REALTEK SDK diag shell Command Line Interface(CLI). The document
is divided into two sections. Section 1 describes the convention,
argument types, privileges and command modes, command help, and
command line editing. Section 2 gives a brief usage and description
of all commands included in the diag shell.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
1.1

Conventions

The following conventions are used in the command syntax throughout
this document:
¾
Vertical bars ( | ) separate alternative, mutually exclusive
arguments.
¾
Square brackets ( [ ] ) indicate optional elements.
¾
Braces ( < > ) indicate a required choice.
¾
Braces within square brackets ( [< >] ) indicate required choices
within optional elements.
¾

¾

Bold indicates commands and keywords.
Italics indicate user variables.

1.2

Argument Types

The following argument types are recognized by the CLI and are used
in the command syntax throughout this document:
¾

MACADDR
– MAC address.
Example: 00:3B:51:A9:CC:07.

¾

PORT_LIST – Port list, separated by “,” or “-”.
Example: 1-3,6,8.

¾

MASK_LIST – mask list, separated by “,” or “-”.
Example: 1-3,6,8.

¾

IPV4ADDR – IPv4 address.
Example: 192.168.1.100.

¾

IPV6ADDR
– IPv6 address.
Example:101:234:689:ACD:151:03B:1A9:C07.

¾

UINT
– unsigned integer.
Example: 123.

SFU Product

Page 16 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

1.3

Command Help

You may enter ? at any command mode, and the CLI will return possible
commands at that point, along with some description of the keywords:
RTK.0> vlan ?
create - create VLAN
destroy - destroy VLAN
set - Set configuration
get - get configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
You may use the  key to do keyword auto completion:
RTK.0> vlan set p
pvid - config port based vid
protocol-vlan – protocol

You do not need to type in the entire commands; you only need to
type in enough characters for the CLI to recognize the command as
unique.

SFU Product

Page 17 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Chapter 2 Commands
2.1. VLAN commands
vlan init
Description:
This command is used to initialize & reset VLAN module. By using
this command, the following configuration will be appilied.
All VLAN will be deleted.
VLAN 1 will be created and all ports are untagged member.
The PVID of all ports are 1.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
vlan init
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to initialize VLAN.
RTK.0> vlan init

SFU Product

Page 18 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan create
Description:
Create a new VLAN
Syntax:
vlan create vlan-table vid vid
Parameter:
vid

– specify the numeric VLAN identifier

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to create a new VLAN which ID is 100:
RTK.0> vlan create vlan-table vid 100

SFU Product

Page 19 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan destroy
Description:
Destroy a VLAN
Syntax:
vlan
vlan
vlan
vlan
vlan

destroy
destroy
destroy
destroy
destroy

vlan-table vid vid
vlan-table all [restore-default-vlan]
vlan-table all untag
entry all
entry index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
vid
vlan-table
all
restore-default-v
lan
Untag
index
entry

– specify the numeric VLAN identifier
– vlan table
- all vlan
– destroy all
default VLAN
- all port to
- vlan member
- vlan member

VLAN identifier except for
untag member
configuration index
configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to destroy VLAN 100:
RTK.0> vlan destroy vlan-table vid 100

SFU Product

Page 20 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set vlan-table
Description:
This command can configure the 4k vlan entry.
Syntax:
vlan set vlan-table vid vid member 
vlan set vlan-table vid vid tag-member 
vlan set vlan-table vid vid untag-member 
vlan set vlan-table vid vid ext-member 
vlan set vlan-table vid vid fid-msti fid_msti
vlan set vlan-table vid vid hash-mode 
vlan set vlan-table vid vid vlan-based-policing state 
vlan set vlan-table vid vid meter meter
vlan set vlan-table vid vid vlan-based-priority state 
vlan set vlan-table vid vid vlan-based-priority priority
priority

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
vid
ports
all
none
member
tag-member
untag-member
ext
fid_msti
ivl
svl

– specify the numeric VLAN identifier
- specified port list
- specify all ports
- specify no port
- member configuration
- tagging member configuration
- untag set configuration
- extention member ports
- the filter-id or msti for this vlan
- specify the hash key for this vlan lookup
is using VID
- specify the hash key for this vlan lookup

disable
enable

is using MSTI/FID
- disable
- enable

SFU Product

Page 21 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

meter
priority

- specify the meter index
– specify the priority value for this vlan

Examples:
This example shows how to congigurate the VLAN which ID is 100:
Add port 0,1,2 to vlan 100
Assign port 0,1 to tag member
Enable vlan based priority and set priority to 6
Enable vlan based policing and set meter index to 10

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

vlan
vlan
vlan
vlan

RTK.0>
enable
RTK.0>
6
RTK.0>
enable
RTK.0>

vlan set vlan-table vid 100 vlan-based-priority state

SFU Product

create vlan-table vid 100
set vlan-table vid 100
set vlan-table vid 100 member 0-2
set vlan-table vid 100 tag-member 0-1

vlan set vlan-table vid 100 vlan-based-priority priority
vlan set vlan-table vid 100 vlan-based-policing state
vlan set vlan-table vid 100 meter 10

Page 22 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get vlan-table
Description:
Show VLAN table configuration of a specific vid
Syntax:
vlan get vlan-table vid vid
Parameter:
vid

– specify the numeric VLAN identifier

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get the VLAN table configuration of
vid 100:
RTK.0> vlan get vlan-table vid 100
Vid:100
Hash Policing Meter VlanPriEn Priority FID
SVL En
10
En
6
0
member port
: 0-2
tag member port
: 0-1
extention member port: none

SFU Product

Page 23 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set entry
Description:
This command can configure the 32 vlan member configuration.
Syntax:
vlan
vlan
vlan
vlan
vlan
vlan
enable>
vlan
vlan
enable>
vlan

set
set
set
set
set
set

entry
entry
entry
entry
entry
entry

index
index
index
index
index
index

enhanced-vid vid
member 
ext-member 
fid-msti fid_msti
hash-mode 
vlan-based-policing state 
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

vlan
vlan
vlan
vlan
vlan
vlan

set
set
set
set
set
set

entry
entry
entry
entry
entry
entry

0
0
0
0
0
0

enhanced-vid 100
member 0-2
vlan-based-priority state enable
vlan-based-priority priority 6
vlan-based-policing state enable
meter 10

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 25 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get entry
Description:
Show VLAN member configuration of a specific index
Syntax:
vlan get entry index
Parameter:
index

- vlan member configuration index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
Show VLAN member configuration index 0:
RTK.0> vlan get entry 0

vlan id:0
Evid PlyEn MtrIdx PriEn pri Fid
100
En
10
En
6
0
member port
: 0-2
extention member port: 0-5

SFU Product

Page 26 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set accept-frame-type
Description:
Configure accepted frame type for ingress frame per port
Syntax:
vlan set accept-frame-type port  

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports

all
all
tag-only
untag-only
priority-tag-andtag

– specify the port list for apply this
setting
- specify all ports
- accept all type frame
- accept tag only frame
- accept untag only frame
- accept priority tag and 1q-tag frame

Examples:
This example shows how to accept all untag frame only for port
1 to 3:
RTK.0> vlan set accept-frame-type port 1-3 untag-only

SFU Product

Page 27 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get accept-frame-type
Description:
Show accepted frame type for each port
Syntax:
vlan get accept-frame-type port 
Parameter:
ports

– specify the port list for apply this
setting
- specify all ports

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
all

Examples:
This example shows how to get accept frame types for all ports
RTK.0> vlan get accept-frame-type port 0-6
Port Accept Frame Type
0
all
1
untagged-only
2
untagged-only
3
untagged-only
4
all
5
all
6
all

SFU Product

Page 28 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set egress
Description:
Show per egress port setting for VLAN mode real keep reference
by ingress port
Syntax:
vlan set egress port  keep-tag
ingress-port  state 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
egr_ports
all
igr_ports

– specify egress port list for apply this
setting
– specify all ports
– The ingress port list to apply egress-keep

keep-tag
state
disable
enable

setting
- keeping tag
- state configuration
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to enable the egress keep for port 1 the
ingress packet is from port 2-5:
RTK.0> vlan set egress port 1 keep-tag ingress-port 2-5 state
enable

SFU Product

Page 29 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get egress
Description:
Show per egress port setting for VLAN mode real keep reference
by ingress port
Syntax:
vlan get egress port  keep-tag
ingress-port  state

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
egr_ports
all
igr_ports

– specify egress port list for apply this
setting
– specify all ports
– The ingress port list to apply egress-keep

keep-tag
state

setting
- keeping tag
- state configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to get the egress keep setting for port
1
RTK.0> vlan get egress port 1 keep-tag ingress-port 0-6 state
Port P0
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
1
Disable Disable Enable Enable Enable Enable Disable

SFU Product

Page 30 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set ingress-filter
Description:
Configure per-port VLAN ingress check.
Syntax:
vlan set ingress-filter port  state

Parameter:
ports
all
enable
disable

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
enable the vlan ingress filter function
disable the vlan ingress filter function

Examples:
This example shows how to enable the ingress filter for port 1
RTK.0> vlan set ingress-filter port 1 state enable

SFU Product

Page 31 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get ingress-filter
Description:
Show per port ingress filter setting
Syntax:
vlan get ingress-filter port  state
Parameter:
ports
all

- specified port list
– specify all ports

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get the ingress filter setting for port
0-6:
RTK.0> vlan get ingress-filter port 0-6 state
Port Ingress-filter
0
Enable
1
Enable
2
Enable
3
Enable
4
Enable
5
Enable
6
Enable

SFU Product

Page 32 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set tag-mode
Description:
Configure egress port vlan tag mode.
Syntax:
vlan set tag-mode port  
Parameter:
ports
all
original

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
keep-format

priority-tag

- specified port list
– specify all ports
- Original mode. Output frame will follow
VLAN untag setting
- Keep format mode. Output frame will keep
VLAN original format.(If packet not
modified asic will not re-caculate CRC)
- Priority tag mode. Output frame will be
priority tag.

Examples:
This example shows how to set egress tag mode for port 1 set to
priority tag mode. Set port 3 to keep-format mode.
RTK.0> vlan set tag-mode port 1 priority-tag
RTK.0> vlan set tag-mode port 3 keep-format

SFU Product

Page 33 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get tag-mode
Description:
Get per port egress tag mode.
Syntax:
vlan get tag-mode port 
Parameter:
ports
all

- specified port list
– specify all ports

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get the egress tag mode for port 1-5
RTK.0> vlan get tag-mode port 1-5
Port Mode
1
priority-tag
2
original
3
keep-format
4
original
5
original

SFU Product

Page 34 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set vlan-treat vid
Description:
Configure ingress packet with special vlan VID(0 and 4095) that
will be treat as tagging pacet or un-tagging packet.
Syntax:
vlan set vlan-treat vid <0 | 4095> type 
Parameter:
0
4095
type
tagging
un-tagging

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
–
–
-

specify the ingress packet with vid 0
specify the ingress packet with vid 4095
vlan treat type
packet will be treat as tagging frame
packet will be treat as un-tagging frame

Examples:
This example shows how to set ingress packet with vid 0 will be
treat as tagging packet and packet with vid 4095 will be treat
as un-tagging packet.
RTK.0> vlan set vlan-treat vid 0 type tagging
RTK.0> vlan set vlan-treat vid 4095 type un-tagging

SFU Product

Page 35 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get vlan-treat vid
Description:
Get the setting of ingress packet with special vlan VID(0 and
4095) that will be treat as tagging pacet or un-tagging packet.
Syntax:
vlan get vlan-treat vid <0 | 4095> type
Parameter:
0
4095
type

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

– specify the ingress packet with vid 0
– specify the ingress packet with vid 4095
- vlan treat type

Examples:
This example shows how to get ingress packet with vid 0 and 4095
will be treat as tagging packet or un-tagging packet.
RTK.0> vlan get vlan-treat vid 0
vlan 0 treat Tagging
RTK.0> vlan get vlan-treat vid 4095
vlan 4095 treat Untagging

SFU Product

Page 36 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set cfi-keep
Description:
Configure egress CFI value will keep ingress packet CFI value
or set CFI to 0.
Syntax:
vlan set cfi-keep 
Parameter:
cfi-to-0
keep-cfi

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

– egress packet cfi always set to 0
– keep ingress tag cfi value to egress tag

Examples:
This example shows how to set egress packet CFI always be 0.
RTK.0> vlan set cfi-keep cfi-to-0

SFU Product

Page 37 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get cfi-keep
Description:
Get egress CFI keep mode.
Syntax:
vlan get cfi-keep
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get egress CFI mode.
RTK.0> vlan get cfi-keep
cfi-keep :Disable

SFU Product

Page 38 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set transparent
Description:
Set vlan transparent mode. When transparent enable it will
discard the “vlan set egress-keep port” setting.
Syntax:
vlan set transparent state 
Parameter:
state
disable
enable

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- state configuration
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to enable vlan transparent.
RTK.0> vlan set transparent state enable

SFU Product

Page 39 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get transparent
Description:
Get vlan transparent mode.
Syntax:
vlan get transparent state
Parameter:
state

- state configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get vlan transparent state.
RTK.0> vlan get transparent state
vlan transparent state: Enable

SFU Product

Page 40 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set ingress-filter
Description:
Set per port vlan ingress filter state.
Syntax:
vlan set ingress-filter port  state

Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to enable vlan ingress-filter for port
1-3.
RTK.0> vlan set ingress-filter port 1-3 state enable

SFU Product

Page 41 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get ingress-filter
Description:
Get per port vlan ingress filter state.
Syntax:
vlan get ingress-filter port  state
Parameter:
ports

– The port list
– specify all ports
- state configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
all
state

Examples:
This example shows how to get vlan ingress-filter state for port
0-6.

RTK.0> vlan get ingress-filter port 0-6 state
Port Ingress-filter
0
Enable
1
Enable
2
Enable
3
Enable
4
Enable
5
Enable
6
Enable

SFU Product

Page 42 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set state
Description:
Set system vlan filter state.
Syntax:
vlan set state 
Parameter:
disable
enable

- disable configuration
- enable configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get system vlan filter state.
RTK.0> vlan set state enable

SFU Product

Page 43 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get state
Description:
Get system vlan filter state.
Syntax:
vlan get state
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get system vlan filter state.
RTK.0> vlan get state
vlan state: Enable

SFU Product

Page 44 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set pvid
Description:
Set port based VID. The index is index to vlan member
configuration table.
Syntax:
vlan set pvid port  vid
vlan set pvid port  vlan-index index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
index
vlan-idex
vid

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
vlan member configuration index
vlan member configuration

– specify the numeric VLAN identifier

Examples:
This example shows how to set port 5 port-base vlan to vlan 100.
RTK.0> vlan set pvid port 5 100

SFU Product

Page 45 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get pvid
Description:
Get port based VID. The index is index to vlan member
configuration table.
Syntax:
vlan get pvid port 
vlan get pvid port  vlan-index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
vlan-idex

- specified port list
– specify all ports
- vlan member configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to get port 5 port-base vlan setting.
RTK.0> vlan get pvid port 5
Port 5 PVID: 100

SFU Product

Page 46 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set ext-pvid
Description:
Set port based VID for extention ports. The index is index to
vlan member configuration table.
Syntax:
vlan set ext-pvid port  vid
vlan set ext-pvid port  vlan-index index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
index
vlan-idex
vid

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
vlan member configuration index
vlan member configuration

– specify the numeric VLAN identifier

Examples:
This example shows how to set extention port 3 port-base vlan
to vlan 100.
RTK.0> vlan set ext-pvid port 3 100

SFU Product

Page 47 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get ext-pvid
Description:
Get port based VID for extention ports. The index is index to
vlan member configuration table.
Syntax:
vlan get ext-pvid port 
vlan get ext-pvid port  vlan-index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
vlan-idex

- specified port list
– specify all ports
- vlan member configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to get extension port 3 port-base vlan
setting.
RTK.0> vlan get ext-pvid port 3
EXT Port 3 PVID: 100

SFU Product

Page 48 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set protocol-vlan
Description:
Set protocol base vlan, for protocol group.
Syntax:
vlan set protocol-vlan group index frame-type  frame_type
vlan set protocol-vlan port  group index
vid vid priority priority
vlan set protocol-vlan port  group index
state 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
index
ports
all

ethernet
snap
llc-other

frame_type
vid
priority

– index to protocol vlan group

- specified port list
– specify all ports
– specify protocol of this entry is ethernet
– specify protocol of this entry is snap
– specify protocol of this entry is
llc-other
- frame type value (example 0x8899)
– specify the numeric VLAN identifier
- priority configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to set protocol vlan group 0 the protocol
is ehternet and the ether type of 8899.
RTK.0> vlan set protocol-vlan group 0 frame-type ethernet 0x8899

SFU Product

Page 49 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get protocol-vlan
Description:
Get protocol base vlan setting.
Syntax:
vlan get protocol-vlan group index
vlan get protocol-vlan port 
Parameter:
index
ports
all

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
– index to protocol vlan group
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to get protocol vlan for group 0.
RTK.0> vlan get protocol-vlan group 0
Group FRAME-TYPE ETHER-TYPE
0
Ethernet
0x8899

SFU Product

Page 50 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set port-based-fid
Description:
This command set per port based filter-id.
Syntax:
vlan set port-based-fid port  filter-id
fid
vlan set port-based-fid port  state


k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable
fid

- specified port list
– specify all ports
- state configuration

- disable configuration
- enable configuration
- filter-id

Examples:
This example shows how to set port 1 filter-id to 6.
RTK.0> vlan set port-based-fid port 1 filter-id 6
RTK.0> vlan set port-based-fid port 1 state enable

SFU Product

Page 51 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get port-based-fid
Description:
This command get per port based filter-id.
Syntax:
vlan get port-based-fid port 
Parameter:
ports
all

- specified port list
– specify all ports

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get port 1 filter-id setting.
RTK.0> vlan get port-based-fid port 1
Port FID State
1
6
Enable

SFU Product

Page 52 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set port-based-pri
Description:
This command set port based priority.
Syntax:
vlan set port-based-pri port  priority
priority
Parameter:
ports
all
priority

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- specified port list
– specify all ports
- priority configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to set port 1 priority to 6.
RTK.0> vlan set port-based-pri port 1 priority 6

SFU Product

Page 53 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get port-based-pri
Description:
This command canget port based priority.
Syntax:
vlan get port-based-pri port 
Parameter:
ports
all

- specified port list
– specify all ports

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get port 1 priority setting.
RTK.0> vlan get port-based-pri port 1
Port 1 VLAN based priority: 6

SFU Product

Page 54 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set leaky
Description:
This command set VLAN leaky function
Syntax:
vlan
 state
| disable>
set leaky  state 
set leaky rma rma_tail state 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ip-mcast
ports
all
state
disable
enable
cdp
csstp
rma
rma_tail

– ip mulitcast
- specified port list
– specify all ports
–
–
-

state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
cisco Discovery Protocol
cisco Shared Spanning Tree Protocol
reserved multicast address
tail of RMA MAC address

Examples:
This example shows how to enable CSSTP VLAN leaky function.
RTK.0> vlan set leaky csstp state enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 55 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get leaky
Description:
This command get VLAN leaky function.
Syntax:
vlan get leaky ip-mcast port  state
vlan get leaky  state
vlan get leaky rma rma_tail state

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ip-mcast
ports
all
state
disable
enable
cdp
csstp
rma
rma_tail

–
–
-

ip mulitcast
specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration

–
–
-

disable configuration
enable configuration
Cisco Discovery Protocol
Cisco Shared Spanning Tree Protocol
reserved multicast address
tail of RMA MAC address

Examples:
This example shows how to get CSSTP VLAN leaky function state.
RTK.0> vlan get leaky csstp state
Leaky state of Shared Spanning Tree Protocol: Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 56 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan set keep-format
Description:
This command set VLAN keep format function. If this feature is
enabled on specified type of frame, these frame will keep it VLAN
tag format regardless of VLAN untag setting.
Syntax:
vlan set keep-format  state 
vlan set keep-format rma rma_tail state 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
state
disable
enable
cdp
sstp
rma
rma_tail

- state configuration
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

–
–
-

cisco Discovery Protocol
cisco Shared Spanning Tree Protocol
reserved multicast address
tail of RMA MAC address

Examples:
This example shows how to set CDP & SSTP keep-format function
to enabled.
RTK.0> vlan set keep-format cdp state enable
RTK.0> vlan set keep-format sstp state enable

SFU Product

Page 57 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

vlan get kee-format
Description:
This command get VLAN keep format function.
Syntax:
vlan get keep-format  state
vlan get keep-format rma rma_tail state
Parameter:
state
cdp
sstp
rma
rma_tail

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
–
–
-

state configuration
Cisco Discovery Protocol
Cisco Shared Spanning Tree Protocol
reserved multicast address
tail of RMA MAC address

Examples:
This example shows how to get CDP & SSTP keep-format function.
RTK.0> vlan get keep-format cdp

VLAN Keep format state of Cisco Discovery Protocol: Enable
RTK.0> vlan get keep-format sstp

VLAN Keep format state of Shared Spanning Tree Protocol: Enable

SFU Product

Page 58 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.2. SVLAN commands
svlan init
Description:
This command can initial svlan module, set svlan related
configurations to default, and clear all svlan tables. Only
after executing this command, other svlan commands can be
executed and will not return FAILED.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
svlan init
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to initial svlan funtions and enable to
execute other related svlan commands.
RTK.0> svlan init
RTK.0> svlan get service-port
Server Ports: none
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 59 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan create
Description:
This command can create a new svlan. After svlan is created,
svlan member and other properties can be set.
Syntax:
svlan create svlan-table svid svid
Parameter:
svid

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
– specify the numeric SVLAN identifier

Examples:
This example shows how to create a new svlan which svid is 100.
RTK.0> svlan init
RTK.0> svlan create svlan-table svid 100
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 60 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan destroy
Description:
This command can destroy a svlan or all created svlan.
Syntax:
svlan destroy svlan-table svid svid
svlan destroy svlan-table all
Parameter:
svid
svlan-table
all

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
– specify the numeric SVLAN identifier
– svlan table
- All vlan

Examples:
This example shows how to destroy svid 100.
RTK.0> svlan create svlan-table svid 100
RTK.0> svlan destroy svlan-table svid 100
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 61 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set entry
Description:
This command can configure the svlan properties of member
configuration entry. It is used for debug mode and will be
executed whether svlan module had been initialed or not. But only
svid of entry is created then the entry properties can be set.
Syntax:
svlan
svlan
svlan
svlan
none>
svlan
svlan
svlan
svlan
svlan

set entry index svid svid
set entry index member 
set entry index tag-member 
set entry index untag-member 
fid-msti fid_msti
enhanced-fid state 
enhanced-fid efid

index of svlan member configuration
specify the numeric sVLAN identifier
member configuration
tagging member configuration
untag set configuration
the vlan member or tag member ports
specify all ports
specify no port
specify the priority value
the filter-id or msti for this vlan
specify the enhanced filter-id
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to congigurate the svlan which svid is
1000:
Add port 0,1,2,3,4,5,6 to vlan 1000
SFU Product

Page 62 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Assign port 3 to tag member
Set svlan priority to 7
Enable svlan based fid and efid to fid 0 and efid 7
RTK.0> svlan destroy svlan-table all
RTK.0> svlan create svlan-table svid 1000
RTK.0> svlan set entry 0 member 0-6
RTK.0> svlan set entry 0 tag-member 3
RTK.0> svlan set entry 0 priority 7
RTK.0> svlan set entry 0 fid-msti state enable
RTK.0> svlan set entry 0 fid-msti 0
RTK.0> svlan set entry 0 enhanced-fid state enable
RTK.0> svlan set entry 0 enhanced-fid 7
RTK.0> svlan get entry 0
Index SVID Member TagSet Spri FidEn
FID EfidEn
0
1000 0-6
3
7
Enable 0
Enable

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 63 / 529

Efid
7

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get entry
Description:
Show svlan configuration of a specific entry.
Syntax:
svlan get entry index
svlan get entry all
Parameter:
index
all

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
– index of svlan member configuration
- All entries of SVLAN confingrations

Examples:
This example shows how to get the svlan table configuration of
entry 0 and all entries retriving

RTK.0> svlan get entry 0
Index SVID Member TagSet Spri FidEn
FID EfidEn Efid
0
1000 0-6
3
7
Enable 0
Enable 7
RTK.0>
RTK.0> svlan get entry all
Index SVID Member TagSet Spri FidEn
FID EfidEn Efid
0
1000 0-6
3
7
Enable
0
Enable 7
1
1001
0-6
0
Disable 0
Disable 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 64 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set svlan-table
Description:
This command can configure svlan with specify svid and only if
this svlan is created
Syntax:
svlan set svlan-table svid svid member 
svlan set svlan-table svid svid tag-member 
svlan set svlan-table svid svid untag-member 
svlan set svlan-table svid svid priority priority
svlan set svlan-table svid svid fid-msti state 
svlan set svlan-table svid svid fid-msti fid_msti
svlan set svlan-table svid svid enhanced-fid state 
svlan set svlan-table svid svid enhanced-fid efid

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
svid
member
tag-member
untag-member
ports
all
none
priority
fid_msti
efid
state
disable
enable

-

specify the numeric sVLAN identifier
member configuration
tagging member configuration
untag set configuration
the vlan member or tag member ports
specify all ports
specify no port
specify the priority value
the filter-id or msti for this vlan
specify the enhanced filter-id
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to congigurate the svlan which svid is
2000:
Add port 0-4 to vlan 2000
SFU Product

Page 65 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Assign port 3 to tag member
RTK.0> svlan
RTK.0> svlan
RTK.0> svlan
RTK.0> svlan
SVID Member
2000 0-4
RTK.0>

create svlan-table svid 2000
set svlan-table svid 2000 member 0-4
set svlan-table svid 2000 tag-member 3
get svlan-table svid 2000
UntagSet Spri FidEn
FID EfidEn Efid
0-2,4-6 0
Disable 0
Disable 0

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 66 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get svlan-table
Description:
Show svlan configuration of a specify svid.
Syntax:
svlan get svlan-table svid svid
Parameter:
svid

- specify the numeric SVLAN identifier

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get the svlan table configuration of
specify svid 2000
RTK.0> svlan get svlan-table svid 2000
SVID Member UntagSet Spri FidEn
FID EfidEn Efid
2000 0-4
0-2,4-6 0
Disable 0
Disable 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 67 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set port svid
Description:
This command can configure port based svlan with specify svid.
Syntax:
svlan set port  svid svid
Parameter:
svid
ports
all

- specify the numeric VLAN identifier
- specified port list
– specify all ports

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to congigurate the port 0 port-based svlan
with svid 100 and port 1 port-based svlan with svid 200
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

SFU Product

svlan
svlan
svlan
svlan

create svlan-table svid 100
create svlan-table svid 200
set port 0 svid 100
set port 1 svid 200

Page 68 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get port svid
Description:
Show port based svlan with specify svid.
Syntax:
svlan get port  svid
Parameter:
ports
all

- specified port list
– specify all ports

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get the port 0/1 port-based svlan.
RTK.0> svlan get port 0-1 svid
Port SVID
0
100
1
200
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 69 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set service-port
Description:
This command can configure svlan tag aware ports or svlan service
ports.
Syntax:
svlan set service-port 
Parameter:
ports
all
none

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- specified port list
– specify all ports
- specify no port

Examples:
This example shows how to configurate svlan servive ports 0,3
RTK.0> svlan set service-port 0,3
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 70 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get service-port
Description:
Show svlan tag aware ports or svlan service ports
Syntax:
svlan get service-port
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get svlan servive ports or stag aware
ports
RTK.0> svlan set service-port 0,3
RTK.0> svlan get service-port
Server Ports: 0,3
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 71 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set lookup-type
Description:
This command can configure svlan lookup from svlan member
configuration entry or vlan 4k table. This command is supported
depond on chip design or not.
Syntax:
svlan set lookup-type 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
svlan-table
vlan-4k-table

- 64 svlan member configurations
- 4K vlan table

Examples:
This example shows how to configurate svlan lookup mode to lokkup
svlan member configuration entries.
RTK.0> svlan set lookup-type svlan-table
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 72 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get lookup-type
Description:
Show svlan lookup mode
Syntax:
svlan get lookup-type
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get svlan lookup mode
RTK.0> svlan set lookup-type svlan-table
RTK.0> svlan get lookup-type
Lookup type: SVLAN 64 entries
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 73 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set tpid
Description:
This command can configure svlan tagging ethertype
Syntax:
svlan set tpid tpid
Parameter:
tpid

- ethertype for stag

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to configurate ethertype of svlan tag to
0x9100.
RTK.0> svlan set tpid 0x9100
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 74 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get tpid
Description:
Show svlan tagging ethertype
Syntax:
svlan get tpid
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get ethertype of svlan tag
RTK.0> svlan set tpid 0x9100
RTK.0> svlan get tpid
TPID: 0x9100
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 75 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set priority-source
Description:
This command can configure egress stag priority field inserting
source. This configuration will effect asic egress staging
priority assignment only.
Syntax:
svlan set priority-source 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
internal-priority
dot1q-priority
svlan-member-cofi
g
port-based-priori
ty

- switch core internal priority
- ingress cvlan tagged priority field
- priority of svlan member configuration
- port based priority

Examples:
This example shows how to configurate svlan tagging priority
source from cvlan ingress tagged priority field. That means
egress stag priority is as the same as ctag priority.
RTK.0> svlan set priority-source dot1q-priority
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 76 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get priority-source
Description:
Show egress stag priority field inserting source
Syntax:
svlan get priority-source
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get source decision of svlan tagging
priority field
RTK.0> svlan set priority-source dot1q-priority
RTK.0> svlan get priority-source
Priority source: 1q tag priority
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 77 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set unmatch
Description:
This command can configure asic ation for ingress stag which svid
is unmatched any of svlan member configuration entry if svlan
lookup is used.
Syntax:
svlan set unmatch 
svlan set unmatch assign-svlan svid svid

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
drop
trap-to-cpu
assign-svlan
svid

- drop packet
- trap packet to cpu port
- assign svlan property

– specify the numeric SVLAN identifier

Examples:
This example shows how to assign action for packets ingress svid
unmatched all svlan member configuration to svlan with svid
1001.
RTK.0> svlan create svlan-table svid 1001
RTK.0> svlan set unmatch assign-svlan svid 1001
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 78 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get unmatch
Description:
Show action for ingress stag packets from service port which svid
is unmatched all svlan member configuration entries
Syntax:
svlan get unmatch
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get action for packets from service
ports that ingress svid unmatched all svlan member configuration
RTK.0> svlan set unmatch assign-svlan svid 1001
RTK.0> svlan get unmatch
Action: Assign to SVLAN SVID: 1001
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 79 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set untag
Description:
This command can configure action for packets without stag from
svlan service port
Syntax:
svlan set untag < drop | trap-to-cpu >
svlan set untag assign-svlan svid svid

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
drop
trap-to-cpu
assign-svlan
svid

–

drop packet
trap packet to cpu port
assign svlan property
specify the numeric SVLAN identifier

Examples:
This example shows how to assign trap action for packets without
ingress stag from svlan service port.
RTK.0> svlan set untag trap-to-cpu
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 80 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get untag
Description:
Show action for ingress un-stag packets from svlan service port
Syntax:
svlan get untag
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get action for ingress un-stag packets
from svlan service port
RTK.0> svlan set untag assign-svlan svid 1001
RTK.0> svlan get untag
Action: Assign to SVLAN SVID: 1001
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 81 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set trap-priority
Description:
This command can configure priority for packets trapped to cpu
for related svlan functions
Syntax:
svlan set trap-priority priority
Parameter:
priority

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- priority for trapping packets

Examples:
This example shows how to assin priority 7 packets which meet
svlan related trapped behavior
RTK.0> svlan set trap-priority 7
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 82 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get trap-priority
Description:
Show svlan related assigned trapping priority
Syntax:
svlan get trap-priority
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get svlan trapping priority
RTK.0> svlan set trap-priority 6
RTK.0> svlan get trap-priority
Trap priority: 6
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 83 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set dei-keep state
Description:
This command can configure egress keepping dei field of ingress
stag. The DEI of stag will be keep only if this state is set,
otherwise it will always be 0 in egress svlan tag.
Syntax:
svlan set dei-keep state 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
state
disable
enable

- state configuration
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configurate enable keeping ingress dei
field of stag packets for egress stag.
RTK.0> svlan set dei-keep state enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 84 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get dei-keep state
Description:
Show egress keep dei field state of ingress stag packets
Syntax:
svlan get dei-keep state
Parameter:
state

- state configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get keep ingress dei field state of
stagged packets for egress stag
RTK.0> svlan set dei-keep state enable
RTK.0> svlan get dei-keep
Keep DEI state: Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 85 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set vlan-aggregation
Description:
This command can configure svlan vlan-aggregation state for
downstream egress port. Asic can tagging vid by ingress learning
in downstream egress port while vlan aggregation state is set.
Not only downstream stag only packet, but also ctag packets will
be treated as egress ctag packets by vid which auto vid leaning
with mac-address if forced-state is set.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Syntax:
svlan set vlan-aggregation port  state

svlan set vlan-aggregation forced-state 
Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable
forced-state

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
forced state configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configurate the egress port 1
downstream packet vlan aggregation state enable.
RTK.0> svlan set vlan-aggregation port 1 state enable
RTK.0> svlan get vlan-aggregation port 1 state
Port Status
1
Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 86 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get vlan-aggregation
Description:
Show svlan vlan-aggregation state for downstream egress port.
Syntax:
svlan get vlan-aggregation port  state
svlan get vlan-aggregation forced-state
Parameter:
ports
all
state
forced-state

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration
forced state configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to get port 0-3 downstream packet vlan
aggregation state
RTK.0> svlan get vlan-aggregation port 0-3 state
Port Status
0
Disable
1
Enable
2
Disable
3
Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 87 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan add vlan-conversion
Description:
This command can add ingress vlan conversion configuration from
ingress vlan vid or multicast address to svlan svid. Also, this
command can add egress vlan conversion configuration for
different svlan and egress port to different egress vlan vid.
Syntax:
svlan add vlan-conversion c2s vid vid port  svid svid
svlan add vlan-conversion mc2s ip ip ip-mask ip_mask svid svid
svlan add vlan-conversion mc2s mac-address mac mac-mask
mac_mask svid svid
svlan add vlan-conversion sp2c svid svid port port vid vid

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
c2s
mc2s
sp2c
vid
svid
ports
all
ip
ip_mask
mac
mac_mask
port

–
–
–
–
-

cvlan to svlan conversion
multicast to svlan conversion
svlan with egress port to cvlan conversion
specify the numeric VLAN identifier
specify the numeric SVLAN identifier
specified port list
specify all ports
IPv4 address
IPv4 address mask
MAC address
MAC address mask
specified port

Examples:
This example shows how to add vlan conversion configuration:
Ingress vid 100 from port 0 convert to svlan svid 2000
Ingress vid 100 from port 1 convert to svlan svid 2001
Ingress vid 200 from port 1 convert to svlan svid 2000
IPv4 dip 239.0.0.0~239.0.0.255 to svlan 2002
Layer 2 multicast address 01:xx:11:22:00:00~01:xx:11:22:FF:FF
to svlan 2003
SVLAN svid 2000 and egress port 0 to vlan vid 100
SVLAN svid 2001 and egress port 1 to vlan vid 100
SFU Product

Page 88 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

SVLAN svid 2000 and egress port 1 to vlan vid 200
RTK.0> svlan create svlan-table svid 2000
RTK.0> svlan create svlan-table svid 2001
RTK.0> svlan create svlan-table svid 2002
RTK.0> svlan create svlan-table svid 2003
RTK.0> svlan add vlan-conversion c2s vid 100 port 0 svid 2000
RTK.0> svlan add vlan-conversion c2s vid 200 port 1 svid 2000
RTK.0> svlan add vlan-conversion c2s vid 100 port 1 svid 2001
RTK.0> svlan add vlan-conversion mc2s ip 239.0.0.0 ip-mask
255.255.255.0 svid 2002
RTK.0> svlan add vlan-conversion mc2s mac-address
01:00:11:22:00:00 mac-mask 00:00:FF:FF:00:00 svid 2003
RTK.0> svlan add vlan-conversion sp2c svid 2000 port 0 vid 100
RTK.0> svlan add vlan-conversion sp2c svid 2000 port 1 vid 200
RTK.0> svlan add vlan-conversion sp2c svid 2001 port 1 vid 100
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 89 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan del vlan-conversion
Description:
This command can delete vlan conversion configuration with
ingress vid to svid or svid to egress vid.
Syntax:
svlan del vlan-conversion
all> svid svid
svlan del vlan-conversion
svlan del vlan-conversion
mac_mask
svlan del vlan-conversion

c2s vid vid port  svlan del vlan-conversion mc2s ip 239.0.0.0 ip-mask
255.255.255.0
RTK.0> svlan del vlan-conversion sp2c svid 2001 port 1
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 90 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get vlan-conversion
Description:
Show vlan conversion configuration with ingress cvlan,
multicast or egress svlan and egress port.
Syntax:
svlan
all>
svlan
svlan
mac_mask
svlan

get vlan-conversion c2s vid vid port  svlan get vlan-conversion c2s vid 100 port all
Vid Port Svid
100 0
2000
100 1
2001
RTK.0> svlan get vlan-conversion c2s vid 200 port all
Vid Port Svid
200 1
2000
SFU Product

Page 91 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> svlan get vlan-conversion sp2c svid 2000 port 0
Svid Port Cvid
2000 0
100
RTK.0> svlan get vlan-conversion sp2c svid 2000 port 1
Svid Port Cvid
2000 1
200
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 92 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan set vlan-conversion sp2c unmatch-action
Description:
This command can configuration packet egress mode while svlan
downstream packets which unmatch any entry of svid with egress
port to egress vid conversion setting.
Syntax:
svlan set vlan-conversion sp2c unmatch-action 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
untag
ctag

– egress cvlan untagging format
- egress cvlan tagging format

Examples:
This example shows how to configurate always untag egress
packets witch unmatch any entry of svid with egress port vlan
conversion.
RTK.0> svlan set vlan-conversion sp2c unmatch-action untag
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 93 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

svlan get vlan-conversion sp2c unmatch-action
Description:
Show configuration setting for svlan downstream packets which
unmatch any entry of svid with destination port to egress vid
conversion setting.
Syntax:
svlan get vlan-conversion sp2c unmatch-action

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to get unmatched svid with egress port
to egress vid conversion configuration

RTK.0> svlan get vlan-conversion sp2c unmatch-action
SP2C unmatching C-tag format: Untagging
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 94 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.3. QoS commands
qos init
Description:
This command will initializae qos module to default setting.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
qos init
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to initialized QoS module.
RTK.0> qos init
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 95 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos set priority-to-queue
Description:
This command can configure the priority to queue table, this
table have 4 entries. Each entry can map 8 priority to specifiy
queue-id.
This table be referenced by “qos set priority-to-queue-mapping”
Syntax:
qos set priority-to-queue table index priority
MASK_LIST:priority queue-id qid
qos set priority-to-queue port  table
index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
index
table
priority
qid
ports
all

–
–

index of priority to queue table
priority to queue mapping table
priority configuration
specify the numeric queue identifier
specified port list
specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to congigurate the prority to queue table
entry 0 which mappimg is:
priority 0 to 7
priority 1 to 6
priority 2 to 5
priority 3 to 4
priority 4 to 3
priority 5 to 2
priority 6 to 1
priority 7 to 0
Mapping port 0 ~ 6 to prority to queue table entry 0
RTK.0> qos set priority-to-queue table 0 priority 0 queue-id 7
RTK.0> qos set priority-to-queue table 0 priority 1 queue-id 6
RTK.0> qos set priority-to-queue table 0 priority 2 queue-id 5
RTK.0> qos set priority-to-queue table 0 priority 3 queue-id 4
RTK.0> qos set priority-to-queue table 0 priority 4 queue-id 3

SFU Product

Page 96 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

qos set priority-to-queue table 0 priority
qos set priority-to-queue table 0 priority
qos set priority-to-queue table 0 priority
qos set priority-to-queue port 0-6 table

5 queue-id 2
6 queue-id 1
7 queue-id 0
0

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 97 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos get priority-to-queue
Description:
Show priority to queue mapping table
Syntax:
qos get priority-to-queue table index
qos get priority-to-queue port 
Parameter:
index
table
ports
all

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
–
–

index of priority to queue table
priority to queue mapping table
specified port list
specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to get prority to queue table.

Get prority to queue table entry 0
RTK.0> qos get priority-to-queue table 0
Index pri_0 pri_1 pri_2 pri_3 pri_4 pri_5 pri_6 pri_7
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

0

Get prority to queue table entry 0 seting for port 1
RTK.0> qos get priority-to-queue port 1
Port Index
1
0

SFU Product

Page 98 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos set remapping
Description:
Per system set priority remapping for dot1p, DSCP, port-ased
priority and forward to CPU priority.
Syntax:
qos set remapping dot1p dot1p-priority dot1p_priority
internal-priority internal_priority
qos set remapping dscp dscp MASK_LIST:dscp internal-priority
priority
qos set remapping forward-to-cpu internal-priority
internal_priority remapping-priority remapping_priority
qos set remapping port 
internal-priority priority

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
dot1p
dscp
forward-to-cpu
port
dot1p-priority
internal-priority
remapping-priorit
y
ports
all

-

dot1p remapping configuration
dscp remapping configuration
to cpu port remapping configuration
port-based priority
dot1p priority
switch internal priority
priority for remapped configuration

- specified port list
– specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to remappimg internal priority from
packet dot1p priorty , the remapping setting as:
dot1p-priority 0 remapping to priority 7
dot1p-priority 1 remapping to priority 6
dot1p-priority 2 remapping to priority 5
dot1p-priority 3 remapping to priority 4
RTK.0> qos set remapping dot1p dot1p-priority 0
internal-priority 7
RTK.0> qos set remapping dot1p dot1p-priority 1
internal-priority 6
RTK.0> qos set remapping dot1p dot1p-priority 2
SFU Product

Page 99 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

internal-priority 5
RTK.0> qos set remapping dot1p dot1p-priority 3
internal-priority 4
This example shows how to remappimg internal priority from DSCP
priority, the remapping setting as:
DSCP priority 0~15 remapping to 0
DSCP priority 16~31 remapping to 1
DSCP priority 32~47 remapping to 2
DSCP priority 48~63 remapping to 3

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

qos
qos
qos
qos

set
set
set
set

remapping
remapping
remapping
remapping

dscp
dscp
dscp
dscp

dscp
dscp
dscp
dscp

0-15 internal-priority 0
16-31 internal-priority 1
32-47 internal-priority 2
48-63 internal-priority 3

This example shows how to remappimg forward to CPU packet
priority as:
Internal priority 0 remapping to 0
Internal priority 1 remapping to 0
Internal priority 2 remapping to 3
Internal priority 3 remapping to 3
Internal priority 4 remapping to 5
RTK.0> qos set remapping forward-to-cpu internal-priority 0
remapping-priority 0
RTK.0> qos set remapping forward-to-cpu internal-priority 1
remapping-priority 0
RTK.0> qos set remapping forward-to-cpu internal-priority 2
remapping-priority 3
RTK.0> qos set remapping forward-to-cpu internal-priority 3
remapping-priority 3
RTK.0> qos set remapping forward-to-cpu internal-priority 4
remapping-priority 5

This
Port
Port
Port
SFU Product

example shows how to set port based priority as:
0 remapping to priority 0
1 remapping to priority 1
2 remapping to priority 2
Page 100 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Port 3
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

remapping to priority 3
qos set remapping port 0
qos set remapping port 1
qos set remapping port 2
qos set remapping port 3

internal-priority
internal-priority
internal-priority
internal-priority

0
1
2
3

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 101 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos get remapping
Description:
Get remapping setting.
Syntax:
qos get
qos get
qos get
qos get

remapping
remapping
remapping
remapping

dot1p
dscp
forward-to-cpu
port 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
dot1p
dscp
forward-to-cpu
port
ports
all

- dot1p remapping configuration
- dscp remapping configuration
- to cpu port remapping configuration
- port-based priority
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how

get remapping setting:

RTK.0> qos get remapping dot1p
1p Priority
internal priority
0
7
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
RTK.0> qos get remapping dscp
DSCP Priority
0
0
1
0
2
3
4

SFU Product

0
0
0
Page 102 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
--More—

RTK.0> qos get remapping forward-to-cpu
Priority: 0 Remapping prority: 0
Priority: 1 Remapping prority: 0
Priority: 2 Remapping prority: 0
Priority: 3 Remapping prority: 0
Priority: 4 Remapping prority: 0
Priority: 5 Remapping prority: 0
Priority: 6 Remapping prority: 0
Priority: 7 Remapping prority: 0
RTK.0> qos get remapping port
Port prioirty
0
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
0

SFU Product

0-6

Page 103 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos set priority-selector
Description:
There are 9 priority source in system. This command can assign
weight to wach priority source. The source with highest weight
will be select to internal priority.
There are 2 prioirty selector group. Per port can select which
selector group this port will be used.
Syntax:
qos set priority-selector group-id index  weight
qos set priority-selector port  group-id
index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
index
port
dot1q
dscp
acl
lut
smac
svlan
vlan
l4
weight
ports
all

–

priority selector group index
port based priority source
dot1q priority source
dscp priority source
acl priority source
lookup table priority source
source mac priority source
svlan priority source
vlan priority source
L4 priority source
the weight for this priority source
specified port list
specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to set acl priority weight to 15 and
port-based priorty weight to 10 for selector group 0.
Set port 0-5 apply selector group 0.
RTK.0> qos set priority-selector group-id 0 acl 15
RTK.0> qos set priority-selector group-id 0 port 10

RTK.0> qos set priority-selector port 0-5 group-id 0

SFU Product

Page 104 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos get priority-selector
Description:
Show system priority selector weight for each priority source.
Syntax:
qos get priority-selector group-id index
qos get priority-selector port  group-id
Parameter:
index
ports
all

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- priority selector group index
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to get priority selector weight for each
priority source.
RTK.0> qos get priority-selector group-id 0
TYPE
Weight
port
10
dot1q
0
dscp
0
acl
15
vlan
0
lookup-table 0
smac
0
svlan
0
l4
0
RTK.0> qos get priority-selector port 0-5 group-id
Port Group
0
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0

SFU Product

Page 105 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos set remarking dot1p
Description:
Per egress port enable/disable dot1p priority remarking and set
per system internal priority to remarking dot1p mapping.
Syntax:
qos set remarking dot1p port  state

qos set remarking dot1p user-priority priority dot1p-priority
dot1p_priority

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable
dot1p-priority
user-priority
priority

- specified port list
– specify all ports
-

state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
dot1p priority
switch user priority
priority configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to congigurate internal priority
remarking to packet dot1p priority as:

The example shows how to enable dot1p priority remarking for port
1,2,3
internal
internal
internal
internal
internal
internal
internal
internal

priority
priority
priority
priority
priority
priority
priority
priority

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

remarking
remarking
remarking
remarking
remarking
remarking
remarking
remarking

dot1p
dot1p
dot1p
dot1p
dot1p
dot1p
dot1p
dot1p

priority
priority
priority
priority
priority
priority
priority
priority

7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

RTK.0> qos set remarking dot1p user-priority 0 dot1p-priority
7
SFU Product

Page 106 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0>
6
RTK.0>
5
RTK.0>
4
RTK.0>
3
RTK.0>
2
RTK.0>
1
RTK.0>
0

qos set remarking dot1p user-priority 1 dot1p-priority
qos set remarking dot1p user-priority 2 dot1p-priority
qos set remarking dot1p user-priority 3 dot1p-priority
qos set remarking dot1p user-priority 4 dot1p-priority
qos set remarking dot1p user-priority 5 dot1p-priority

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

qos set remarking dot1p user-priority 6 dot1p-priority
qos set remarking dot1p user-priority 7 dot1p-priority

RTK.0> qos set remarking dot1p port 1,2,3 state enable

SFU Product

Page 107 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos get remarking dot1p
Description:
Per system set forward to CPU priority remapping.
Syntax:
qos get remarking dot1p port  state
qos get remarking dot1p
Parameter:
ports
all
state
source

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration
remarking source

Page 108 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos set remarking dscp
Description:
Set dscp remarking function. Per port would enable/disable DSCP
remarking. The remarking source can be selected for each port.
The remarking source would be internal-prioirty, user-prioirty
and packet original dscp value.
Syntax:
qos set remarking dscp port  state

qos set remarking port  dscp source

qos set remarking dscp inter-priority priority remarking-dscp
dscp
qos set remarking dscp user-priority priority remarking-dscp
dscp
qos set remarking dscp original-dscp MASK_LIST:dscp
remarking-dscp remarking_dscp

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable
source
inter-priority
internal-priority
user-priority
original-dscp
remarking-dscp
dscp
priority

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
remarking source
switch internal/user priority
switch internal priority
switch user priority
ingress original dscp
egress remarked dscp
dscp configuration
priority configuration

Examples:
This example shows how

to enable dscp remarking on port 4.

The remarking source is based on packet original dscp value.
The dscp remarking value will be set as

SFU Product

Page 109 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Packet original DSCP valu 0-31 remapping to 0
Packet original DSCP valu 32-63 remapping to 32
RTK.0> qos set remarking dscp port 4 state enable
RTK.0> qos set remarking port 4 dscp source dscp
RTK.0> qos set remarking dscp original-dscp 0-31 remarking-dscp
0
RTK.0> qos set remarking dscp original-dscp 31-63
remarking-dscp 31
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 110 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos get remarking dscp
Description:
Get dscp remarking setting.
Syntax:
qos get remarking dscp port  state
qos get remarking port  dscp source
qos get remarking dscp 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
state
source
inter-priority
original-dscp

SFU Product

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration
remarking source

- switch internal/user priority
- ingress original dscp

Page 111 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos set scheduling algorithm
Description:
This command can set per port per queue scheduling algorithm.
Syntax:
qos set scheduling algorithm port 
queue-id qid 
Parameter:
ports
all
qid
strict
wfq

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
specify the numeric queue identifier
scheduling using strict queue type
scheduling using WFQ type

Examples:
This example shows how to congigurate port 1 queue 0-3 using
strict, queue 4-7 using WFQ:
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

SFU Product

qos
qos
qos
qos
qos
qos
qos
qos

set
set
set
set
set
set
set
set

scheduling
scheduling
scheduling
scheduling
scheduling
scheduling
scheduling
scheduling

algorithm
algorithm
algorithm
algorithm
algorithm
algorithm
algorithm
algorithm

Page 112 / 529

port
port
port
port
port
port
port
port

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

strict
strict
strict
strict
wfq
wfq
wfq
wfq

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos get scheduling algorithm
Description:
Show per port per queue scheduling algorithm.
Syntax:
qos get scheduling algorithm port 
queue-id qid
Parameter:
ports
all
qid

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- specified port list
– specify all ports
- specify the numeric queue identifier

Examples:
This example shows how to get queue scheduling algorithm for port
1 queue 0 and queue 1.
RTK.0> qos get
port: 1 queue:
RTK.0> qos get
port: 1 queue:
RTK.0>

SFU Product

scheduling algorithm port 1 queue-id 0
0 type:strict
scheduling algorithm port 1 queue-id 1
1 type:strict

Page 113 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos set scheduling queue-weight
Description:
This command can set per port per queue WFQ scheduling weight .
Syntax:
qos set scheduling queue-weight port 
queue-id qid weight weight
Parameter:
ports
all
qid
weight

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
specify the numeric queue identifier
the queue scheduling weight

Examples:
This example shows how to congigurate port 1 queue 0 weight 65535,
queue 4 weight 15:
RTK.0> qos set scheduling queue-weight port 1 queue-id 0 weight
65535
RTK.0> qos set scheduling queue-weight port 1 queue-id 4 weight
15
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 114 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos get scheduling queue-weight
Description:
Show per port per queue scheduling weight.
Syntax:
qos get scheduling queue-weight port 
queue-id qid
Parameter:
ports
all
qid

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- specified port list
– specify all ports
- specify the numeric queue identifier

Examples:
This example shows how to get queue scheduling weight for port
1 queue 0-1.
RTK.0> qos get
port: 1 queue:
RTK.0> qos get
port: 1 queue:
RTK.0>

SFU Product

scheduling queue-weight port 1 queue-id 0
0 weight:65535
scheduling queue-weight port 1 queue-id 1
1 weight:0

Page 115 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos set avb remapping
Description:
Per system set av bridge priority remapping.
Syntax:
qos set avb remapping internal-priority priority user-priority
user_priority
qos set avb remapping port  state


k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
internal-priority
user-priority
ports
all
state
disable
enable

- switch internal priority
- switch user priority
- specified port list
–
-

specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to enable av bridge priority remaping
on port 1 and the remapping table will as follow:
Internal priority 0 remapping to 0
Internal priority 1 remapping to 0
Internal priority 2 remapping to 3
Internal priority 3 remapping to 3
Internal priority 4 remapping to 3
Internal priority 5 remapping to 7
Internal priority 6 remapping to 7
Internal priority 7 remapping to 7
RTK.0> qos set avb remapping port 1 state enable
RTK.0> qos set avb remapping internal-priority 0 user-priority
0
RTK.0> qos set avb remapping internal-priority 1 user-priority
0
RTK.0> qos set avb remapping internal-priority 2 user-priority
3
RTK.0> qos set avb remapping internal-priority 3 user-priority

SFU Product

Page 116 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

3
RTK.0>
3
RTK.0>
7
RTK.0>
7
RTK.0>
7

qos set avb remapping internal-priority 4 user-priority
qos set avb remapping internal-priority 5 user-priority
qos set avb remapping internal-priority 6 user-priority
qos set avb remapping internal-priority 7 user-priority

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 117 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

qos get avb remapping
Description:
Get AV bridage priority remapping setting.
Syntax:
qos get avb remapping internal-priority priority
qos get avb remapping port  state
Parameter:
internal-priority
ports
all
state

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
–
-

switch internal priority
specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration

Examples:
RTK.0> qos get avb remapping port all
Port State
0
Disable
1
Enable
2
Disable
3
Disable
4
Disable
5
Disable

RTK.0> qos get avb remapping internal-priority 0
Priority Remap-Pri
0
0
RTK.0> qos get avb remapping internal-priority 1
Priority Remap-Pri
1
0

SFU Product

Page 118 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.4. l2-table commands
l2-table init
Description:
This command can initialize & reset L2 module.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
l2-table init
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to initialize L2 module.
RTK.0> l2-table init

SFU Product

Page 119 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set aging-time
Description:
Thie command set aging time. The unit is 0.1 second.
Syntax:
l2-table set aging-time time
Parameter:
time

- aging time, unit 0.1 second

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to set aging time to 300 seconds.
RTK.0> l2-table set aging-time 3000

SFU Product

Page 120 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get aging-time
Description:
This command can get aging time.
Syntax:
l2-table get aging-time
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get aging time.
RTK.0> l2-table get aging-time
Age Time: 3000

SFU Product

Page 121 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set limit-learning
Description:
This command can set per port or system limit learning number.
The number specified in this command is only count dynamic L2
entries. For those packets which is not learned due to the
current entry number is equal to limit learning number, an action
can also be set for these packet.
Syntax:
l2-table set limit-learning port  count
count
l2-table set limit-learning port  count
unlimited
l2-table set limit-learning port  action

l2-table set limit-learning action 
l2-table set limit-learning count count
l2-table set limit-learning count unlimited

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
drop
trap-to-cpu
forward
copy-to-cpu
count
unlimited
action

–
-

specify a port list
specify all ports
drop packet
trap packet to cpu port
forward packet
copy packet to cpu port
limited learning count
unlimited configuration
over learning behavior

Examples:
This example shows how to set the following configuration.
Set system limit learning to 1000.
Set port 0-1 limit learning to 20.
Set system limit learning action as “Drop”
Set port 0-1 limit learning action as “Forward”
RTK.0> l2-table set limit-learning count 1000
SFU Product

Page 122 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> l2-table set limit-learning action drop
RTK.0> l2-table set limit-learning port 0-1 count 20
RTK.0> l2-table set limit-learning port 0-1 action forward
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 123 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get limit-learning
Description:
This command can get the configuration of limit learning
Syntax:
l2-table
l2-table
l2-table
l2-table

get limit-learning port  count
get limit-learning port  action
get limit-learning action
get limit-learning count

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
count
action

– specify a port list
- specify all ports
- limited learning count
- over learning behavior

Examples:
This example shows how to get system and port limit learning
configuration.
RTK.0> l2-table get limit-learning count

System Learning Limit: 1000
RTK.0> l2-table get limit-learning action

System learning Over Action: Drop
RTK.0> l2-table get limit-learning port 0-6 count
Port 0 learning limit: 20
Port 1 learning limit: 20
Port 5 learning limit: 2112
RTK.0> l2-table get limit-learning port 0-1 action
Port 0 learning limit over action: Forward
Port 1 learning limit over action: Forward
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 124 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get learning-exceed
Description:
This command get the status of limit learning exceed. If the
current learning number is equal to limit learning, the status
will becomes YES.
Syntax:
l2-table get learning-exceed
l2-table get learning-exceed port 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all

– specify a port list
- specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to get system and port learning-exceed.
RTK.0> l2-table get learning-exceed
Learning-exceed = No
RTK.0> l2-table get learning-exceed port 0-1
Port Id 0, learning-exceed = No
Port Id 1, learning-exceed = No
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 125 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set src-port-egress-filter
Description:
This command set source port egress filtering function.
Syntax:
l2-table set src-port-egress-filter port  state 
l2-table set src-port-egress-filter ext 
state 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
ext
state
disable
enable

– specify a port list
- specify all ports
– specify a extention port list
- state configuration
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to disable source port filtering at port
0-2 and extension port 0-1
RTK.0> l2-table set src-port-egress-filter port 0-2 state
disable
RTK.0> l2-table set src-port-egress-filter ext 0-1 state disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 126 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get src-port-egress-filter
Description:
This command can get source port filtering configuration.
Syntax:
l2-table get src-port-egress-filter port  state
l2-table get src-port-egress-filter ext 
state

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
ext
state

– specify a port list
- specify all ports
– specify a extention port list
- state configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to get source port filtering for all ports
and all extension ports.
RTK.0> l2-table get src-port-egress-filter port 0-6
SRC Port 0 egress filter state: Disable
SRC Port 1 egress filter state: Disable
SRC Port 2 egress filter state: Disable
SRC Port 3 egress filter state: Enable
SRC Port 4 egress filter state: Enable
SRC Port 5 egress filter state: Enable
SRC Port 6 egress filter state: Enable
RTK.0> l2-table get src-port-egress-filter ext 0-5
EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT

Port
Port
Port
Port
Port

0
1
2
3
4

egress
egress
egress
egress
egress

filter
filter
filter
filter
filter

state:
state:
state:
state:
state:

Disable
Disable
Enable
Enable
Enable

EXT Port 5 egress filter state: Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 127 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table clear learning-exceed
Description:
This command can clear the learning-exceed status.
Syntax:
l2-table clear learning-exceed
l2-table clear learning-exceed port 
Parameter:
ports
all

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
– specify a port list
- specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to clear the learning-exceed status.
RTK.0> l2-table clear learning-exceed
Learning-exceed clear
RTK.0> l2-table clear learning-exceed port 0-6
Port Id 0, learning-exceed clear
Port Id 1, learning-exceed clear
Port Id 2, learning-exceed clear
Port Id 3, learning-exceed clear
Port Id 4, learning-exceed clear
Port Id 5, learning-exceed clear
Port Id 6, learning-exceed clear
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 128 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set aging-out
Description:
This command set the state of aging-out.
Syntax:
l2-table set aging-out port < PORT_LIST:ports | all > state

Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
–
-

specify a port list
specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to disable aging-out at port 0-2.
RTK.0> l2-table set aging-out port 0-2 state disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 129 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get aging-out
Description:
This command get the state of aging-out.
Syntax:
l2-table get aging-out port  state
Parameter:
ports
all
state

– specify a port list
- specify all ports
- state configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get the state of aging-out.
RTK.0> l2-table get aging-out port 0-6
Port 0
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Port 4
Port 5
Port 6
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age
Age

state:
state:
state:
state:
state:
state:
state:

Disable
Disable
Disable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable

Page 130 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table add ip-mcast dip
Description:
This command used to add an IP multicast DIP only entry
Syntax:
l2-table add ip-mcast dip dip port 
l2-table add ip-mcast dip dip ext 
l2-table add ip-mcast dip dip priority priority
l2-table add ip-mcast dip dip port 
l3-interface index
l2-table add ip-mcast dip dip  state 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
dip
ports
all
none
state
disable
enable
priority
ext
l3-interface
l3routing
forcedl3routing

–
–
-

destination ip address
specified port list
specify all ports
specify no port
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
priority configuration
specify a extention port list
specify layer 3 routing interface
layer 3 routing configuration
forced layer 3 routing configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to add an IP multicast DIP only entry.
DIP = 224.1.1.1
Portmask = Port 0-2
Enable Priority assignment and the priority is 6.
RTK.0> l2-table add ip-mcast dip 224.1.1.1 port 0-2
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
RTK.0> l2-table add ip-mcast dip 224.1.1.1 priority state enable
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
SFU Product

Page 131 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> l2-table add ip-mcast dip 224.1.1.1 priority 6
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 132 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get ip-mcast dip
Description:
This command can get an IP multicast DIP only entry
Syntax:
l2-table get ip-mcast dip dip
Parameter:
dip

- destination ip address

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get an IP multicast DIP only entry which
DIP = 224.1.1.1.
RTK.0> l2-table get ip-mcast dip 224.1.1.1

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
DestinationIP
Member Fwd Pri State Ext
DipOnly ForceExt
L3Route L3Idx
--------------- ------ --- --- ------ ------ ------- -------------- ----224.1.1.1
0-2
En 6
Auto
En
Dis
Dis
0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 133 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table del ip-mcast dip
Description:
This command can delete a IP multicast DIP only entry.
Syntax:
l2-table del ip-mcast dip dip
Parameter:
dip

- destination ip address

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to delete an IP multicast DIP only entry
which DIP = 224.1.1.1.
RTK.0> l2-table del ip-mcast dip 224.1.1.1
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 134 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table add ip-mcast sip dip
Description:
This command add an IP multicast entry with both DIP and SIP.
Syntax:
l2-table
all | none>
l2-table
| none>
l2-table
l2-table
| enable>

add ip-mcast sip sip dip dip port  l2-table add ip-mcast sip 10.1.1.1 dip 224.1.1.1 port
0-2
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
RTK.0> l2-table add ip-mcast sip 10.1.1.1 dip 224.1.1.1
priority state enable

SFU Product

Page 135 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
RTK.0> l2-table add ip-mcast sip 10.1.1.1 dip 224.1.1.1
priority 6
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 136 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get ip-mcast sip dip
Description:
This command get an IP multicast entry with both DIP and SIP.
Syntax:
l2-table get ip-mcast sip sip dip dip
Parameter:
sip
dip

- source ip address
- destination ip address

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get an IP multicast entry.
DIP = 224.1.1.1
SIP = 10.1.1.1

RTK.0> l2-table get ip-mcast sip 10.1.1.1 dip 224.1.1.1

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
DestinationIP SourceIP
Member Fwd Pri State Ext DipOnly
--------------- --------------- ------ --- --- ------ -----------224.1.1.1
10.1.1.1
Dis 0
Auto
Dis
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 137 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table del ip-mcast sip dip
Description:
The command can delete an IP multicast entry with DIP and SIP
Syntax:
l2-table del ip-mcast sip sip dip dip
Parameter:
sip
dip

- source ip address
- destination ip address

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to delete an IP multicast entry.
DIP = 224.1.1.1
SIP = 10.1.1.1

RTK.0> l2-table del ip-mcast sip 10.1.1.1 dip 224.1.1.1
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 138 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table add ip-mcast vid dip
Description:
This command can add an IP multicast entry with VID & DIP
Syntax:
l2-table
all | none>
l2-table
| none>
l2-table
l2-table
| enable>

add ip-mcast vid vid dip dip port  l2-table add ip-mcast vid 10 dip 224.1.1.1 port 0-2
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
RTK.0> l2-table add ip-mcast vid 10 dip 224.1.1.1 priority
state enable
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
SFU Product

Page 139 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> l2-table add ip-mcast vid 10 dip 224.1.1.1 priority 6
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 140 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get ip-mcast vid dip
Description:
This command can get an IP multicast entry with VID & DIP
Syntax:
l2-table get ip-mcast vid vid dip dip
Parameter:
vid
dip

– specify the numeric VLAN identifier
- destination ip address

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get an IP multicast entry.
DIP = 224.1.1.1
VID = 10

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
DestinationIP SourceIP
Member Fwd Pri State Ext
DipOnly
--------------- --------------- ------ --- --- ------ -----------224.1.1.1
10.1.1.1
0-2
En 6
Auto
Dis
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 141 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table del ip-mcast vid dip
Description:
This command can delete an IP multicast entry with VID & DIP.
Syntax:
l2-table del ip-mcast vid vid dip dip
Parameter:
vid
dip

– specify the numeric VLAN identifier
- destination ip address

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to delete an IP multicast entry.
DIP = 224.1.1.1
VID = 10

RTK.0> l2-table del ip-mcast vid 10 dip 224.1.1.1
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 142 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table add mac-mcast filter-id
Description:
This command can add a L2 SVL mulitcast entry
Syntax:
l2-table add mac-mcast filter-id fid mac-address mac port

l2-table add mac-mcast filter-id fid mac-address mac ext


k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

l2-table add mac-mcast filter-id fid mac-address mac priority
priority
l2-table add mac-mcast filter-id fid mac-address mac priority
state 
Parameter:
fid
mac
ports
all
none
state
disable
enable
priority
ext

–
–

filter-id
mac address
specified port list
specify all ports
specify no port
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
priority configuration
specify a extention port list

Examples:
This example shows how to add a L2 SVL multicast entry.
MAC = 01:00:5E:01:02:03
FID = 2
Portmask = Port 0-2
RTK.0> l2-table add mac-mcast filter-id 2 mac-address
01:00:5E:01:02:03 port 0-2
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 143 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get mac-mcast filter-id
Description:
This command can get a L2 SVL multicast entry.
Syntax:
l2-table get mac-mcast filter-id fid mac-address mac
Parameter:
fid
mac

- filter-id
- mac address

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get a L2 SVL multicast entry.
MAC = 01:00:5E:01:02:03
FID = 2

RTK.0> l2-table get mac-mcast filter-id 2 mac-address
01:00:5E:01:02:03
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
MACAddress
Member FID FwdPriEn Pri Ext
------------------ ------ ---- -------- --- -----01:00:5E:01:02:03
2
Dis
0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 144 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table del mac-mcast filter-id
Description:
This command can delete a L2 SVL multicast entry.
Syntax:
l2-table del mac-mcast filter-id fid mac-address mac
Parameter:
fid
mac

- filter-id
- mac address

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to delete a L2 SVL multicast entry.
MAC = 01:00:5E:01:02:03
FID = 2

RTK.0> l2-table del mac-mcast filter-id 2 mac-address
01:00:5E:01:02:03
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 145 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table add mac-mcast vid
Description:
This command can add a L2 IVL mulitcast entry
Syntax:
l2-table add mac-mcast vid vid mac-address mac port

l2-table add mac-mcast vid vid mac-address mac ext

l2-table add mac-mcast vid vid mac-address mac priority priority
l2-table add mac-mcast vid vid mac-address mac priority state


k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
vid
mac
ports
all
none
state
disable
enable
priority
ext

–
–
–

specify the numeric VLAN identifier
mac address
specified port list
specify all ports
specify no port
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
priority configuration
specify a extention port list

Examples:
This example shows how to add a L2 IVL multicast entry.
MAC = 01:00:5E:01:02:03
VID = 10
Portmask = Port 0-2
RTK.0> l2-table add mac-mcast vid 10 mac-address
01:00:5E:01:02:03 port 0-2
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 146 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get mac-mcast vid
Description:
This command can get a L2 IVL mulitcast entry
Syntax:
l2-table get mac-mcast vid vid mac-address mac
Parameter:
vid
mac

– specify the numeric VLAN identifier
- mac address

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get a L2 IVL multicast entry.
MAC = 01:00:5E:01:02:03
VID = 10

RTK.0> l2-table get mac-mcast vid 10 mac-address
01:00:5E:01:02:03

LUT address: 0x0524 (2K LUT)
MACAddress
Member VID FwdPriEn Pri Ext
------------------ ------ ---- -------- --- -----01:00:5E:01:02:03 0-2
10
Dis
0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 147 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table del mac-mcast vid
Description:
This command can delete a L2 IVL mulitcast entry
Syntax:
l2-table del mac-mcast vid vid mac-address mac
Parameter:
vid
mac

– specify the numeric VLAN identifier
- mac address

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to delete a L2 IVL multicast entry.
MAC = 01:00:5E:01:02:03
VID = 10

RTK.0> l2-table del mac-mcast vid 10 mac-address
01:00:5E:01:02:03
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 148 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table add mac-ucast vid
Description:
This command can add a L2 IVL unicast entry
Syntax:
l2-table
l2-table
l2-table
l2-table

add
add
add
add

mac-ucast
mac-mcast
mac-ucast
mac-ucast

vid
vid
vid
vid

vid
vid
vid
vid

mac-address
mac-address
mac-address
mac-address

mac
mac
mac
mac

spn port
ext-spn port
filter-id fid
age age

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

l2-table add mac-ucast vid vid mac-address mac priority priority
l2-table add mac-ucast vid vid mac-address mac  state

Parameter:
vid
mac
spn
ext-spn
fid
age

priority
state
disable
enable
priority
sa-priority
arp-usage
auth
da-block
sa-block
static

–
–
–
-

specify the numeric VLAN identifier
mac address
specify learning source port
specify learing extention port
filter-id
aging time
priority configuration
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
lookup priority
source address lookup priority
entry for arp record
1x authed
destination address block
source address block
static entry

Examples:
This example shows how to add a L2 IVL unicast entry.
MAC = 00:01:02:03:04:05
VID = 10
Source port = Port 2
Static = ENABLED
SFU Product

Page 149 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> l2-table add mac-ucast vid 10 mac-address
00:01:02:03:04:05 static state enable
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
RTK.0> l2-table add mac-ucast vid 10 mac-address
00:01:02:03:04:05 spn 2
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 150 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get mac-ucast vid
Description:
This command can get a L2 IVL unicast entry
Syntax:
l2-table get mac-ucast vid vid mac-address mac
Parameter:
vid
mac

– specify the numeric VLAN identifier
- mac address

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get a L2 IVL unicast entry.
MAC = 00:01:02:03:04:05
VID = 10

RTK.0> l2-table get mac-ucast vid 10 mac-address
00:01:02:03:04:05

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
Spa/
Priority
Block
MACAddress
Ext Fid Efid Age Vid State LRN Sa Fwd Pri
Auth Da Sa Arp
----------------- --- --- ---- --- ---- ------ --- --- --- ------ --- --- --00:01:02:03:04:05 0/0 0 0
0 10 Auto IVL Dis Dis 0 Dis
Dis Dis Dis
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 151 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table del mac-ucast vid
Description:
This command can delete a L2 IVL unicast entry
Syntax:
l2-table del mac-ucast vid vid mac-address mac
Parameter:
vid
mac

– specify the numeric VLAN identifier
- mac address

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to delete a L2 IVL unicast entry.
MAC = 00:01:02:03:04:05
VID = 10

RTK.0> l2-table del mac-ucast vid 10 mac-address
00:01:02:03:04:05
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 152 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table add mac-ucast filter-id
Description:
This command can add a L2 SVL unicast entry
Syntax:
l2-table
l2-table
port
l2-table
fid
l2-table
l2-table
priority

add mac-ucast filter-id fid mac-address mac spn port
add mac-mcast filter-id fid mac-address mac ext-spn
add mac-ucast filter-id fid mac-address mac filter-id

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

add mac-ucast filter-id fid mac-address mac age age
add mac-ucast filter-id fid mac-address mac priority

l2-table add mac-ucast filter-id fid mac-address mac 
state 
Parameter:
fid
mac
spn
ext-spn
fid
age

priority
state
disable
enable
priority
sa-priority
arp-usage
auth
da-block
sa-block
static

–
–
-

filter-id
mac address
specify learning source port
specify learing extention port
filter-id
aging time
priority configuration
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
lookup priority
source address lookup priority
entry for arp record
1x authed
destination address block
source address block
static entry

Examples:
This example shows how to add a L2 SVL unicast entry.
MAC = 00:01:02:03:04:05
SFU Product

Page 153 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Filter-ID = 5
Source port = Port 2
Static = ENABLED
RTK.0> l2-table add mac-ucast filter-id 5 mac-address
00:01:02:03:04:05 static state enable
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
RTK.0> l2-table add mac-ucast filter-id 5 mac-address
00:01:02:03:04:05 spn 2

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 154 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get mac-ucast filter-id
Description:
This command can get a L2 SVL unicast entry
Syntax:
l2-table get mac-ucast filter-id fid mac-address mac
Parameter:
fid
mac

- filter-id
- mac address

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get a L2 SVL unicast entry.
MAC = 00:01:02:03:04:05
Filter-ID = 5

RTK.0> l2-table get mac-ucast filter-id 5 mac-address
00:01:02:03:04:05

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
Spa/
Priority
Block
MACAddress
Ext Fid Efid Age Vid State LRN Sa Fwd Pri
Auth Da Sa Arp
----------------- --- --- ---- --- ---- ------ --- --- --- ------ --- --- --00:01:02:03:04:05 0/0 5 0
0 0
Auto SVL Dis Dis 0 Dis
Dis Dis Dis
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 155 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table del mac-ucast filter-id
Description:
This command can delete a L2 SVL unicast entry
Syntax:
l2-table del mac-ucast filter-id fid mac-address mac
Parameter:
fid
mac

- filter-id
- mac address

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to delete a L2 SVL unicast entry.
MAC = 00:01:02:03:04:05
Filter-ID = 5

RTK.0> l2-table del mac-ucast filter-id 5 mac-address
00:01:02:03:04:05
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 156 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set mac-ucast enhanced-filter-id
Description:
This command can set enhanced filter ID. Enhanced filter ID is
on hash key for unicast entry. When users add an unicast entry,
enhance filter ID set by this command will be used.
Syntax:
l2-table set mac-ucast enhanced-filter-id efid

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
efid

- enhanced filter-id

Examples:
This example shows how to set enhanced fileter ID to 3.
RTK.0> l2-table set mac-ucast enhanced-filter-id 3
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 157 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get entry
Description:
This command can get an entry by specifying a fixed index at
Lookup table.
Syntax:
l2-table get entry address address
Parameter:
address

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
– specify entry address

Examples:
This example shows how to get entry index 1000.
RTK.0> l2-table get entry address 1000

LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
L2 Unicast table:
MACAddress
Spa Fid Efid Age Vid State Hash
00:00:00:00:00:00 0
0
0
0
0
Auto
SVL
SaPriEn FwdPriEn Pri Auth DaBlock SaBlock Arp ExtDsl
Dis
Dis
0
Dis Dis
Dis
Dis 0
RTK.0> l2-table set mac-ucast enhanced-filter-id 3

SFU Product

Page 158 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table del all
Description:
This command can clear entire Lookup table.
Syntax:
l2-table del all [include-static]
Parameter:
include-static

- include static entry

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to clear entire Lookup table including
static entry
RTK.0> l2-table del all include-static
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 159 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get next-entry
Description:
This command can get next entry after specified index. If
specified index is a valid entry, this entry will be returned.
If specified index is a non-valid entry, the next valid entry
will be returned.
Syntax:
l2-table
l2-table
l2-table
l2-table
l2-table
l2-table

get
get
get
get
get
get

next-entry
next-entry
next-entry
next-entry
next-entry
next-entry

address address
mac-ucast address address
mac-ucast address address spn port
l2-mcast address address
ip-mcast address address
l2-ip-mcast address address

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
address
mac-ucast
spn
l2-mcast
ip-mcast
l2-ip-mcast

–
-

specify entry address
unicast entry
specify learning source port
l2 multicast entry
ip multicast entry
either l2 or ip multicast entry

Examples:
This example shows how to get next valid entry after index 1000.
RTK.0> l2-table get next-entry address 1000
LUT address: 0x0000 (2K LUT)
L2 Unicast table:
MACAddress
Spa Fid Efid Age Vid State Hash
00:00:00:00:00:00 0
0
0
0
0
Auto
SVL
SaPriEn FwdPriEn Pri Auth DaBlock SaBlock Arp ExtDsl
Dis
Dis
0
Dis Dis
Dis
Dis 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 160 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set link-down-flush
Description:
This command can configure link-down-flush feature. By enabling
this feature, all dynamic entry will be flushed when a port is
like down.
Syntax:
l2-table set link-down-flush state 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
state
disable
enable

- state configuration
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure link-down-flush feature to
disabled.
RTK.0> l2-table set link-down-flush state enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 161 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get link-down-flush
Description:
This command can get current state of link-down-flush feature.
Syntax:
l2-table get link-down-flush state
Parameter:
state

- state configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get link-down flush state.
RTK.0> l2-table get link-down-flush state
Link down flush state: Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 162 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set flush mac-ucast
Description:
This command can flush unicast entries in Lookup table.
Syntax:
l2-table set flush mac-ucat [include-static]
l2-table set flush mac-ucat static-only
l2-table set flush mac-ucat port 
[include-static]

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
l2-table set flush mac-ucat port 
static-only
l2-table set flush mac-ucat port 
filter-id fid [include-static]
l2-table set flush mac-ucat port 
filter-id fid static-only

l2-table set flush mac-ucat port  vid vid
[include-static]
l2-table set flush mac-ucat port  vid vid
static-only
Parameter:
ports
all
include-static
Static-only
fid
vid

–
–

specified port list
specify all ports
include static entry
static entry only
filter-id
specify the numeric VLAN identifier

Examples:
This example shows how to flush all dynamic entry at Port 2 only.
RTK.0> l2-table set flush mac-ucast port 2
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 163 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get learning-count
Description:
This command can get current dynamic entry learning counter for
a specified port or system.
Syntax:
l2-table get learning-count
l2-table get learning-count port 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all

– specify a port list
- specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to get current learnig counter at port
2.
RTK.0> l2-table get learning-count port 2
Port 2 learning counter: 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 164 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set ip-mcast-mode
Description:
This command can set hash mode for IPv4 multicast packet.
Syntax:
l2-table set ip-mcast-mode 
Parameter:
dip-and-sip
dip-and-vid
vid-and-mac

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

- lookup hashing with dip and sip
- lookup hashing with dip and vid
- lookup hashing with vid and mac address

Examples:
This example shows how to configure IPv4 multicast hash methed
to DIP and SIP.
RTK.0> l2-table set ip-mcast-mode dip-and-sip
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 165 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get ip-mcast-mode
Description:
This command can get hash mode for IPv4 multicast packet.
Syntax:
l2-table get ip-mcast-mode
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get IPv4 multicast hash method
RTK.0> l2-table get ip-mcast-mode
IPMC mode : DIP + SIP
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 166 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set lookup-miss action
Description:
This command can configure the per port lookup miss (IPv4
multicast/IPv6 multicast/L2 multicast/Unicat) packets action.
Syntax:
l2-table set lookup-miss port  <
ip-mcast | ip6-mcast> action 
l2-table set lookup-miss port  multicast
action 
l2-table set lookup-miss port  unicast
action 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
ip-mcast
ip6-mcast
multicast
unicast
drop
drop-exclude-rma
flood-in-vlan
trap-to-cpu

–
-

specify a port list
specify all ports
ipv4 unknown multicast
ipv6 unknown multicast
l2 unknown multicast
unknown unicast
drop packet
drop packets but exclude rma
flood in vlan
trap packet to cpu port

Examples:
This example shows how to configure lookup miss packet action:
Port 0 unknown L2 multicast: Drop but exclude RMA
Port 1 unknown IPv4 multicast: Trap to CPU
Port 2 unknown IPv6 multicast: Flood in VLAN
Port 3 unknown unicast: Drop
RTK.0> l2-table set lookup-miss port 0 multicast action
drop-exclude-rma
RTK.0> l2-table set lookup-miss port 1 ip-mcast action
trap-to-cpu
RTK.0> l2-table set lookup-miss port 2 ip6-mcast action
flood-in-vlan
RTK.0> l2-table set lookup-miss port 3 unicast action drop
SFU Product

Page 167 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 168 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get lookup-miss action
Description:
This command can get the per port lookup miss (IPv4
multicast/IPv6 multicast/L2 multicast/Unicat) packets action.
Syntax:
l2-table get lookup-miss port  

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
ip-mcast
ip6-mcast
multicast
unicast

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
ipv4 unknown multicast
ipv6 unknown multicast

- l2 unknown multicast
- unknown unicast

Examples:
This example shows how to get L2 muliticast lookup miss packet
action at port 0-3
RTK.0> l2-table get lookup-miss port 0-3 multicast
Port 0
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
RTK.0>

SFU Product

lookup-miss
lookup-miss
lookup-miss
lookup-miss

multicast
multicast
multicast
multicast

Action:
Action:
Action:
Action:

Page 169 / 529

Drop exclude RMA
Forward
Forward
Forward

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set ip-mcast-data action
Description:
This command can set per port IP multicast packets receiving
state. If user set this feature to drop, all ip multicast
received will be dropped.
Syntax:
l2-table set ip-mcast-data port  action


k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
drop
forward

– specify a port list
- specify all ports
- drop packet
- forward packet

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the action of IP multicast
packets at port 0 to “drop”
RTK.0> l2-table set ip-mcast-data port 0 action drop
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 170 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get ip-mcast-data action
Description:
This command can get per port IP multicast packets receiving
state.
Syntax:
l2-table get ip-mcast-data port  action
Parameter:
ports
all

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
– specify a port list
- specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to get the action of IP multicast packets
at port 0-6

RTK.0> l2-table get ip-mcast-data port 0 action
Port 0 IPMC action: Drop
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 171 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set port-move action
Description:
This command can configure source MAC address movement action.
Only when the action is configured to “forward”, the MAC address
will be moved to new source port.
Syntax:
l2-table set port-move action 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
drop
trap-to-cpu
forward
copy-to-cpu

- drop packet
- trap packet to cpu port
- forward packet
- copy packet to cpu port

Examples:
This example shows how to configure port-move action to “drop”.
RTK.0> l2-table set port-move port 0-6 action drop
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 172 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get port-move action
Description:
This command can get source MAC address movement action.
Syntax:
l2-table get port-move action
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get port-move action
RTK.0> l2-table get port-move port 0-6
Port 0
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Port 4
Port 5
Port 6
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
Port

move
move
move
move
move
move
move

Action:
Action:
Action:
Action:
Action:
Action:
Action:

Drop
Drop
Drop
Drop
Drop
Drop
Drop

Page 173 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set unknown-sa action
Description:
This command can set the action of unknown source MAC address.
Syntax:
l2-table set unknown-sa action 
Parameter:
drop
trap-to-cpu
forward
copy-to-cpu

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
-

drop packet
trap packet to cpu port
forward packet
copy packet to cpu port

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the action of unknown source
MAC address to “trap to CPU”.
RTK.0> l2-table set unknown-sa port 0-6 action trap-to-cpu
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 174 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get unknown-sa action
Description:
This command can get the action of unknown source MAC address.
Syntax:
l2-table get unknown-sa action
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get the action of unknown source MAC
address
RTK.0> l2-table get unknown-sa port 0-6 action
Port 0
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Port 4
Port 5
Port 6
RTK.0>

SFU Product

unknown
unknown
unknown
unknown
unknown
unknown
unknown

SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA

Action:
Action:
Action:
Action:
Action:
Action:
Action:

Trap
Trap
Trap
Trap
Trap
Trap
Trap

to
to
to
to
to
to
to

Page 175 / 529

CPU
CPU
CPU
CPU
CPU
CPU
CPU

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set lookup-miss flood-ports
Description:
This command can configure the flooding portmask of lookup miss
packets.
Syntax:
l2-table set lookup-miss 
flood-ports 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
broadcast
unicast
multicast
ports
all
none

-

broadcast
unicast
multicast
specified port list

– specify all ports
- specify no port

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the flooding portmask of
broadcast / unknown unicast / unknown multicast packets:
Broadcast: flood to all ports
Unknown unicast: flood to port 1
Unknown multicast: flood to port 0-2
RTK.0> l2-table set lookup-miss broadcast flood-ports 0-6
RTK.0> l2-table set lookup-miss unicast flood-ports 1
RTK.0> l2-table set lookup-miss multicast flood-ports 0-2
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 176 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get lookup-miss flood-ports
Description:
This command can get the flooding portmask of lookup miss
packets.
Syntax:
l2-table get lookup-miss 
Parameter:
broadcast
unicast
multicast

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- broadcast
- unicast
- multicast

Examples:
This example shows how to get the flooding portmask of broadcast
/ unknown unicast / unknown multicast packets:
RTK.0> l2-table get lookup-miss broadcast flood-ports

Lookup-miss Broadcast Lookup miss flood portmask: 0-6
RTK.0> l2-table get lookup-miss unicast flood-ports
Lookup-miss Unicast Lookup miss flood portmask: 1
RTK.0> l2-table get lookup-miss multicast flood-ports

Lookup-miss Multicast Lookup miss flood portmask: 0-2
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 177 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set lookup-miss multicast trap-priority
Description:
This command can configure the priority for trapped unknown
multicast packets.
Syntax:
l2-table set lookup-miss multicast trap-priority priority
Parameter:
priority

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- priority configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the priority for trapped
unknown multicast packets as 2:
RTK.0> l2-table set lookup-miss multicast trap-priority 2
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 178 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get lookup-miss multicast trap-priority
Description:
This command can get the priority for trapped unknown multicast
packets.
Syntax:
l2-table get lookup-miss multicast trap-priority
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get the priority for trapped unknown
multicast packets.
RTK.0> l2-table get lookup-miss multicast trap-priority
Lookup-miss multicast trap-priority: 2
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 179 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table set lookup-miss multicast reserved-flooding
Description:
This command can configure the action of reserved unknown IP
multicast address packet. The reserved IP multicast is 224.0.0.0
~ 224.0.0.255 for IPv4 and FFXX::00XX for IPv6.
Syntax:
l2-table set lookup-miss multicast reserved-flooding 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
disable
enable

- disable configuration
- enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the action of unknown
reserved IP multicast packets to “flood”.

RTK.0> l2-table set lookup-miss multicast reserved-flooding
enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 180 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

l2-table get lookup-miss reserved-flooding
Description:
This command can get the action of reserved unknown IP multicast
address packet.
Syntax:
l2-table get lookup-miss reserved-flooding
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get the action of unknown reserved IP
multicast packets
RTK.0> l2-table get lookup-miss multicast reserved-flooding
Unknown reserved IP multicast Flooding: Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 181 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.5. trap commands
trap init
Description:
This command can initialize trap related functions.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
trap init
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to initial trap reltated functions.
RTK.0> trap init
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 182 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trap set cdp
Description:
This command can configure the action of CDP packets
Syntax:
trap set cdp action 
Parameter:
drop
trap-to-cpu
forward
forward-exclude-c
pu

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
-

drop packet
trap packet to cpu port
forward packet
forward packet exclude to cpu port

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the action of CDP packet to
“Drop”
RTK.0> trap set cdp action drop
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 183 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trap get cdp
Description:
This command can get the action of CDP packets
Syntax:
trap get cdp action
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get the action of CDP packets
RTK.0> trap get cdp action
CDP Drop
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 184 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trap set csstp
Description:
This command can configure the action CSSTP packets
Syntax:
trap set csstp action 
Parameter:
drop
trap-to-cpu
forward
forward-exclude-c
pu

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
-

drop packet
trap packet to cpu port
forward packet
forward packet exclude to cpu port

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the action of CSSTP packet
to Drop.
RTK.0> trap set csstp action drop
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 185 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trap get csstp
Description:
Thie command can get the action of CSSTP packets
Syntax:
trap get csstp action
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get the action of CSSTP packet
RTK.0> trap get csstp action
CSSTP Drop
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 186 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.6. rma commands
rma set action
Description:
This command can configure the action of RMA (Reserved Multicast
Address) packets. Make sure that ‘trap init’ command is executed
before.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
rma set address rma_tail action 
Parameter:
rma_tail
drop
trap-to-cpu
forward
forward-exclude-c
pu

-

last byte of 01:80:C2:00:00:xx address
drop packet
trap packet to cpu port
forward packet
forward packet exclude to cpu port

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the action of MAC_DA =
01:80:C2:00:00:01 to “trap to CPU”.
RTK.0> rma set address 01 action trap-to-cpu
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 187 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rma get action
Description:
This command can get the action of RMA (Reserved Multicast
Address) packets. Make sure that ‘trap init’ command is executed
before.
Syntax:
rma get address rma_tail action

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
rma_tail

- last byte of 01:80:C2:00:00:xx address

Examples:
This example shows how to get the action of MAC_DA =
01:80:C2:00:00:01 packets.

RTK.0> rma get address 01 action
RMA 01-80-C2-00-00-01 action: Trap to CPU
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 188 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rma set priority
Description:
This command can configure the trapping priority when for RMA
(Reserved Multicast Address) packets. Make sure that ‘trap init’
command is executed before.
Syntax:
rma set priority priority

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
priority

- priority configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the trapping priority of RMA
packet to 4.

RTK.0> rma set priority 4
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 189 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rma get priority
Description:
This command can get the trapping priority when for RMA (Reserved
Multicast Address) packets. Make sure that ‘trap init’ command
is executed before.
Syntax:
rma get priority

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to get the trapping priority of RMA
packet.

RTK.0> rma get priority
The RMA trap priority = 4
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 190 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rma dump
Description:
This command can get all supported RMA configurations. Make sure
that ‘trap init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
rma dump
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get all RMA related configurations.
RTK.0> rma dump
RMA 01-80-C2-00-00-xx
trail action
00
Forward
01
03
Forward
04
06
Forward
07
09
Forward
0a
0c
Forward
0d
0f
Forward
10
12
Forward
13
15
Forward
16
18
Forward
19
1b
Forward
1c
1e
Forward
1f
21
Forward
22
24
Forward
25
27
Forward
28
2a
Forward
2b
2d
Forward
2e
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Drop
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward

Page 191 / 529

02
05
08
0b
0e
11
14
17
1a
1d
20
23
26
29
2c
2f

Drop
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward
Forward

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.7. igmp commands
igmp set action
Description:
This command can configure action of IGMP/MLD packets. Make sure
that ‘trap init’ command is executed before.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
igmp set  port
 action 
Parameter:
ports
all
igmpv1
igmpv2
igmpv3
mldv1
mldv2
drop
forward
trap-to-cpu

–
-

specify a port list
specify all ports
igmp version 1
igmp version 2
igmp version 3
mld version 1
mld version 2
drop packet
forward packet
trap packet to cpu port

Examples:
This example shows how to set IGMP/MLD packet action at Port 0
to “Trap to CPU”.
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

SFU Product

igmp
igmp
igmp
igmp
igmp

set
set
set
set
set

igmpv1 port 0 action trap-to-cpu
igmpv2 port 0 action trap-to-cpu
igmpv3 port 0 action trap-to-cpu
mldv1 port 0 action trap-to-cpu
mldv2 port 0 action trap-to-cpu

Page 192 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp get action
Description:
This command can configure action of IGMP/MLD packets. Make sure
that ‘trap init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
trap get  port
 action

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all

– specify a port list
- specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to get IGMPv2 packet action at Port 0.
RTK.0> igmp get igmpv2 port 0 action
Port: 0, IGMPv2 : Trap to CPU
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 193 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp set igmp-mld checksum-error
Description:
This command can configure action of IGMP/MLD checksum error
packets. Make sure that ‘trap init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
igmp set igmp-mld checksum-error action 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
drop
forward
trap-to-cpu

- drop packet
- forward packet
- trap packet to cpu port

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the action of IGMP/MLD
checksum error packet as drop.
RTK.0> igmp set igmp-mld checksum-error action drop
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 194 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp get igmp-mld checksum-error
Description:
This command can get action of IGMP/MLD checksum error packets.
Make sure that ‘trap init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
igmp get igmp-mld checksum-error action
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get the action of IGMP/MLD checksum
error packet
RTK.0> igmp get igmp-mld checksum-error action
IGMP/MLD Checksum error Action: Drop
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 195 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp set igmp-mld isolation-leaky
Description:
This command can configure the state of IGMP/MLD isolation leaky
function. Make sure that ‘trap init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
igmp set igmp-mld isolation-leaky state 
Parameter:
state
disable
enable

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- state configuration
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the state of IGMP/MLD
isolation leaky function as enabled.
RTK.0> igmp set igmp-mld isolation-leaky state enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 196 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp get igmp-mld isolation-leaky
Description:
This command can get the state of IGMP/MLD isolation leaky
function. Make sure that ‘trap init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
igmp get igmp-mld isolation-leaky state
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get the state of IGMP/MLD isolation
leaky function.
RTK.0> igmp get igmp-mld isolation-leaky state
IGMP/MLD Isolation Leaky: Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 197 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp set igmp-mld vlan-leaky
Description:
This command can configure the state of IGMP/MLD VLAN leaky
function. Make sure that ‘trap init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
igmp set igmp-mld vlan-leaky state 
Parameter:
state
disable
enable

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- state configuration
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the state of IGMP/MLD VLAN
leaky function as enabled.
RTK.0> igmp set igmp-mld vlan-leaky state enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 198 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp get igmp-mld vlan-leaky
Description:
This command can get the state of IGMP/MLD VLAN leaky function.
Make sure that ‘trap init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
igmp get igmp-mld vlan-leaky state
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get the state of IGMP/MLD VLAN leaky
function.
RTK.0> igmp get igmp-mld vlan-leaky state
IGMP/MLD VLAN Leaky: Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 199 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp set ip-mcast-lookup-mode
Description:
This command can configure IP multicast lookup mode. Make sure
that ‘l2 init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
igmp set ip-mcast-lookup-mode 
Parameter:
dip-and-sip
dip-only

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- lookup hashing with dip and sip
- lookup hashing with dip only

Examples:
This example shows how to configure IP multicast lookup mode to
“DIP only”.

RTK.0> igmp set ip-mcast-lookup-mode dip-only
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 200 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp get ip-mcast-lookup-mode
Description:
This command can get IP multicast lookup mode. Make sure that
‘l2 init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
igmp get ip-mcast-lookup-mode
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get IP multicast lookup mode.
RTK.0> igmp get ip-mcast-lookup-mode
IPMC lookup mode: DIP only
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 201 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp set ip-mcast-table
Description:
This command can set an entry into IP multicast table.
Syntax:
igmp set ip-mcast-table index index group-ip dip port

Parameter:
index
dip
ports
all
none

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
–
-

entry index
destination ip address
specified port list
specify all ports
specify no port

Examples:
This example shows how to set an entry into index 0 of IP
multicast table.
Group IP: 224.1.2.3
Port: 0-6

RTK.0> igmp set ip-mcast-table index 0 group-ip 224.1.2.3 port
0-6
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 202 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

igmp get ip-mcast-table
Description:
This command shows how to get an entry from IP multicast table.
Syntax:
igmp get ip-mcast-table index index
Parameter:
index

- entry index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get index 0 from IP multicast table.
RTK.0> igmp get ip-mcast-table index 0
Index
DIP
Portmask
RTK.0>

SFU Product

: 0
: 224.1.2.3
: 0-6

Page 203 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.8. Storm Control commands
storm-control set broadcast state
Description:
This command can enable the storm finction. System only supports
4 storm type enable at same time. Before configuration storm
control, user must enable the storm type first. Make sure that
‘rate init’ command is executed before.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
storm-control
storm-control
storm-control
storm-control
storm-control
storm-control
storm-control
Parameter:
state
disable
enable

set
set
set
set
set
set
set

broadcast state 
multicast state 
unknown-multicast state 
unknown-unicast state 
arp-storm 
dscp-storm state 
igmp-mld-storm state 

- state configuration
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to enable broadcast-storm,
multicast-storm, dscp-storm and arp-storm.
System only supports 4 storm type enable at same time.
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

storm-control
storm-control
storm-control
storm-control
storm-control

set
set
set
set
set

broadcast state enable
multicast state enable
unknown-multicast state disable
unknown-unicast state disable
arp-storm state enable

RTK.0> storm-control set dhcp-storm state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set igmp-mld-storm state disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 204 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control set boradcast
Description:
This command can configure broadcast storm relative setting.
Make sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
storm-control set broadcast state 
storm-control set broadcast port  state

storm-control set broadcast port  meter
index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable
meter

– specify a port list
-

specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
policing meter configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure broadcast storm enable at
port 0 and set the meter index as 0. The strom rate limit set
to 8kbps.
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

SFU Product

meter set entry 0
storm-control set
storm-control set
storm-control set

rate 8
broadcast state enable
broadcast port 0 state enable
broadcast port 0 meter 0

Page 205 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control get boradcast
Description:
This command can get the broadcast storm relative setting. Make
sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
storm-control get broadcast
storm-control get broadcast port 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all

– specify a port list
- specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to get broadcast storm control function
setting.
RTK.0> storm-control get broadcast
State: Enable
RTK.0> storm-control get broadcast port 0-6
Port State
Meter
0
Enable 0
1
Disable 0
2
Disable 0
3
Disable 0
4
Disable 0
5
Disable 0
6
Disable 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 206 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control set multicast
Description:
This command can configure multicast storm relative setting.
Make sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
storm-control set multicast state 
storm-control set multicast port  state

storm-control set multicast port  meter
index
Parameter:
– specify a port list
ports
- specify all ports
all

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
state
disable
enable
meter

-

state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
policing meter configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure multicast storm enable at
port 0 and set the meter index as 0. The strom rate limit set
to 8 kbps.
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

SFU Product

meter set entry 0
storm-control set
storm-control set
storm-control set

rate 8
multicast state enable
multicast port 0 state enable
multicast port 0 meter 0

Page 207 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control get multicast
Description:
This command can get the multicast storm relative setting. Make
sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
storm-control get multicast
storm-control get multicast port 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all

– specify a port list
- specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to get multicast storm control function
setting.
RTK.0> storm-control get multicast
State: Enable
RTK.0> storm-control get multicast port 0-6
Port State
Meter
0
Enable 0
1
Disable 0
2
Disable 0
3
Disable 0
4
Disable 0
5
Disable 0
6
Disable 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 208 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control set unknown-multicast
Description:
This command can configure unknown-multicast storm relative
setting. Make sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
storm-control set unknown-multicast state 
storm-control set unknown-multicast port  state 
storm-control set unknown-multicast port  meter index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable
meter

– specify a port list
-

specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
policing meter configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure unknown-multicast storm
enable at port 0 and set the meter index as 0. The
unknown-multicast strom rate limit set to 8 kbps.
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

SFU Product

meter set entry 0 rate 8
storm-control set unknown-multicast state enable
storm-control set unknown-multicast port 0 state enable
storm-control set unknown-multicast port 0 meter 0

Page 209 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control get unknown-multicast
Description:
This command can get the unknown-multicast storm relative
setting. Make sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
storm-control get unknown-multicast
storm-control get unknown-multicast port 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
alternated

– specify a port list
- specify all ports
- alternated function

Examples:
This example shows how to get unknown-multicast storm control
function setting.
RTK.0> storm-control get unknown-multicast
State: Enable
RTK.0> storm-control get unknown-multicast port 0-6
Port State
Meter
0
Enable 0
1
Disable 0
2
Disable 0
3
Disable 0
4
Disable 0
5
Disable 0
6
Disable 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 210 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control set unknown-unicast
Description:
This command can configure unknown-unicast storm relative
setting. Make sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
storm-control
storm-control
state 
set unknown-unicast port 
enable>
set unknown-unicast port 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable
meter

– specify a port list
-

specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
policing meter configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure unknown-unicast storm enable
at port 0 and set the meter index as 0. The unknown-unicast strom
rate limit set to 8 kbps.
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

SFU Product

meter set entry 0
storm-control set
storm-control set
storm-control set

rate 8
unknown-unicast state enable
unknown-unicast port 0 state enable
unknown-unicast port 0 meter 0

Page 211 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control get unknown-unicast
Description:
This command can get the unknown-unicast storm relative setting.
Make sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
storm-control get unknown-unicast
storm-control get unknown-unicast port 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
alternated

– specify a port list
- specify all ports
- alternated function

Examples:
This example shows how to get unknown-unicast storm control
function setting.
RTK.0> storm-control get unknown-unicast
State: Enable
RTK.0> storm-control get unknown-unicast port 0-6
Port State
Meter
0
Enable 0
1
Disable 0
2
Disable 0
3
Disable 0
4
Disable 0
5
Disable 0
6
Disable 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 212 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control set arp-storm
Description:
This command can configure arp storm relative setting. Make sure
that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
storm-control set arp-storm state 
storm-control set arp-storm port  state

storm-control set arp-storm port  meter
index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable
meter

– specify a port list
-

specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
policing meter configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure arp-storm enable at port 0
and set the meter index as 0. The arp-storm rate limit set to
8 kbps.
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

SFU Product

meter set entry 0
storm-control set
storm-control set
storm-control set

rate 8
arp-storm state enable
arp-storm port 0 state enable
arp-storm port 0 meter 0

Page 213 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control get arp-storm
Description:
This command can get the arp storm relative setting. Make sure
that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
storm-control get arp-storm
storm-control get arp-storm port 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all

– specify a port list
- specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to get arp-storm control function
setting.
RTK.0> storm-control get arp-storm
State: Enable
RTK.0> storm-control get arp-storm port 0-6
Port State
Meter
0
Enable 0
1
Disable 0
2
Disable 0
3
Disable 0
4
Disable 0
5
Disable 0
6
Disable 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 214 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control set dhcp-storm
Description:
This command can configure dhcp storm relative setting. Make
sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
storm-control set dhcp-storm state 
storm-control set dhcp-storm port  state

storm-control set dhcp-storm port  meter
index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable
meter

– specify a port list
-

specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
policing meter configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure dhcp-storm enable at port
0 and set the meter index as 0. The dhcp-storm rate limit set
to 8 kbps.
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

SFU Product

meter set entry 0
storm-control set
storm-control set
storm-control set

rate 8
dhcp-storm state enable
dhcp-storm port 0 state enable
dhcp-storm port 0 meter 0

Page 215 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control get dhcp-storm
Description:
This command can get the dhcp storm relative setting. Make sure
that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
storm-control get dhcp-storm
storm-control get dhcp-storm port  storm-control get dhcp-storm
State: Enable
RTK.0> storm-control get dhcp-storm port 0-6
Port State
Meter
0
Enable 0
1
Disable 0
2
Disable 0
3
Disable 0
4
Disable 0
5
Disable 0
6
Disable 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 216 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control set igmp-mld-storm
Description:
This command can configure igmp-mld storm relative setting. Make
sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
storm-control
storm-control
state 
set igmp-mld-storm port 
enable>
set igmp-mld-storm port 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
meter index
Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable
meter

–
-

specify a port list
specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
policing meter configuration

Examples:

This example shows how to configure igmp-mld-storm enable at
port 0 and set the meter index as 0. The igmp-mld-storm rate limit
set to 8 kbps.
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

SFU Product

meter set entry 0
storm-control set
storm-control set
storm-control set

rate 8
igmp-mld-storm state enable
igmp-mld-storm port 0 state enable
igmp-mld-storm port 0 meter 0

Page 217 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control get igmp-mld-storm
Description:
This command can get the igmp-mld storm relative setting. Make
sure that ‘rate init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
storm-control get igmp-mld-storm
storm-control get igmp-mld-storm port  storm-control get igmp-mld-storm
State: Enable
RTK.0> storm-control get igmp-mld-storm port 0-6
Port State
Meter
0
Enable 0
1
Disable 0
2
Disable 0
3
Disable 0
4
Disable 0
5
Disable 0
6
Disable 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 218 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control set bypass-packet
Description:
This command can set the bypass strom packet type. Make sure that
‘rate init’ command is executed before.
Syntax:
storm-control set bypass-packet  state

storm-control set bypass-packet rma rma_tail state 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
state
disable
enable
igmp
cdp
csstp
rma_tail

- state configuration
- disable configuration
-

enable configuration
igmp protocol
cisco discovery protocol
cisco shared spanning tree protocol
last byte of 01:80:C2:00:00:xx address

Examples:
This example shows how to bypass cisco discovery protocol packet,
cisco shared spanning tree protocol and BPDU packet.
RTK.0> storm-control set bypass-packet cdp state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set bypass-packet csstp state enable
RTK.0> storm-control set bypass-packet rma 0x00 state enable

SFU Product

Page 219 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

storm-control get bypass-packet
Description:
Get storm bypass-packet setting. Make sure that ‘rate init’
command is executed before.
Syntax:
storm-control get bypass-packet  state
storm-control get bypass-packet rma rma_tail state

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
state
igmp
cdp
csstp
rma_tail

-

state configuration
igmp protocol
cisco discovery protocol
cisco shared spanning tree protocol

- last byte of 01:80:C2:00:00:xx address

Examples:

This example show how to get storm-control bypass packet
setting.
RTK.0> storm-control get bypass-packet cdp state
CDP bypass state: Enable
RTK.0> storm-control get bypass-packet csstp state
CSSTP bypass state: Enable
RTK.0> storm-control get bypass-packet igmp state
IGMP bypass state: Disable
RTK.0> storm-control get bypass-packet rma 0x0 state
RMA 01-80-C2-00-00-00 bypass Storm-Control state: Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 220 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.9. stp commands
stp init
Description:
This command can initialize spanning tree protocol (STP) related
functions.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
stp init
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to initial STP reltated functions.
RTK.0> stp init
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 221 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

stp set state
Description:
Per port and per STP instance set STP port state.
Syntax:
stp set stp-table instance instance port 
state 
Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
blocking
forwarding
learning

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
–
-

specify a port list
specify all ports
state configuration
disable state
blocking state

- forwarding state
- learning state

Examples:
This command shows how to set STP port state to “blocking” for
port 2 STP instance 0.
RTK.0> stp set stp-table instance 0 port 2 state blocking

SFU Product

Page 222 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

stp get state
Description:
Get STP port state
Syntax:
stp get stp-table instance instance port 
state
Parameter:
Ports
All
State

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
– specify a port list
- specify all ports
- state configuration

Examples:
This command shows how to get STP port state for port 2 STP
instance 0.
RTK.0> stp get stp-table instance 0 port 2 state
MSTI 0 Status:
Port 2: BLOCKING

SFU Product

Page 223 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.10.

Mirror commands

mirror init
Description:
This command can reset & initialize Mirror module.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
mirror init
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to reset and initialize mirror module.
RTK.0> mirror init
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 224 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mirror set mirroring
Description:
This command can configure the mirror function.
Syntax:
mirror set mirroring-port port mirrored-port port
 [rx-mirror] [tx-mirror]
Parameter:
mirroring-port
mirrored-port
ports
none
rx-mirror
tx-mirror

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
-

specify the mirroring port
specify the mirrored port
specified port list
specify no port
mirror rx packets

- mirror rX packets

Examples:
This example shows how to mirror both TX & RX packets from port
0 to Port 1.
RTK.0> mirror set mirroring-port 1 mirrored-port 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 225 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mirror dump
Description:
This command can get the mirror function
Syntax:
mirror dump
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows get current mirror configuration.
RTK.0> mirror dump

Monitor port: 1
Mirroring TX portmask: none
Mirroring RX portmask: none

Mirror Egress Mode: All packets

RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 226 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mirror set egress-mode
Description:
This command can configure egress-mode of mirror function
Syntax:
mirror set egress-mode 
Parameter:
all-pkt
mirrored-only

- all packets
- mirrored packets

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to set the egress-mode to
“mirrored-only”.
RTK.0> mirror set egress-mode mirrored-only
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 227 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mirror get egress-mode
Description:
This command can get egress-mode of mirror function
Syntax:
mirror get egress-mode
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get the egress-mode.
RTK.0> mirror get egress-mode

Mirror Egress Mode: Mirrored packets only
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 228 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.11.

meter commands

meter init
Description:
This command can reset & initialize Meter module.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
meter init
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to initialize Meter module.
RTK.0> meter init
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 229 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

meter set entry
Description:
These command sets can set meter relative parameter for each
meter entry.
The meter parameter would be:
- Burst size
- Packet rate
- Rate counting include IFG or not

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
meter set entry index burst-size size
meter set entry index rate rate
meter set entry index ifg 
Parameter:
index
burst-size
rate
ifg
include
exclude

-

index of meter entry
burst size configuration
packet rate, unit kpbs
inter-frame gap configuration
include configuration
exclude configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to set the packet rate to 1024 kbps and
rate counting is including IFG for meter entry 0.
RTK.0> meter set entry 0 rate 1024
RTK.0> meter set entry 0 ifg include
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 230 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

meter get entry
Description:
Get setting for each meter entry.
Syntax:
meter
meter
meter
meter

get
get
get
get

entry
entry
entry
entry

index
index burst-size
index rate
index ifg

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
index
burst-size
rate
ifg

-

index of meter entry
burst size configuration
packet rate, unit kpbs
inter-frame gap configuration

Examples:
This example shows how get meter setting for meter entry 0-4.
RTK.0> meter
Meter idx = 0
burst size =
Meter idx = 1
burst size =
Meter idx = 2
burst size =
Meter idx = 3
burst size =
Meter idx = 4
burst size =

SFU Product

get entry 0-4
, meter rate =
0
, meter rate =
0
, meter rate =
0
, meter rate =
0
, meter rate =
0

1024 , Kbps include IFG = Enable ,
0

, Kbps include IFG = Disable ,

0

, Kbps include IFG = Disable ,

0

, Kbps include IFG = Disable ,

0

, Kbps include IFG = Disable ,

Page 231 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

meter get meter-exceed
Description:
Chen the meter staus is exceed or not.
Syntax:
meter get entry index meter-exceed
Parameter:
index

- index of meter entry

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get meter exceed status for meter
mentry 0-4.
RTK.0> meter get entry 0-4 meter-exceed
Meter idx = 0, meter exceed = No
Meter idx = 1, meter exceed = No
Meter idx = 2, meter exceed = No
Meter idx = 3, meter exceed = No
Meter idx = 4, meter exceed = No

SFU Product

Page 232 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

meter reset meter-exceed
Description:
Reset meter exceed status.
Syntax:
meter reset entry index meter-exceed
Parameter:
index

- index of meter entry

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to clear meter exceed status for meter
entry 0.
RTK.0> meter reset entry 0 meter-exceed
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 233 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

meter set tick-token
Description:
This command can set the tick-token for meter global
configuration.
Syntax:
meter set tick-token tick-period period token token
Parameter:
tick-period
Token

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

- timing tick, unit 1/system clock frequency
- toke size, unit byte

Examples:
This example shows how to set tick-period to 48 and token size
set to 66 byte.

RTK.0> meter set tick-token tick-period 48 token 66
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 234 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

meter get tick-token
Description:
Get meter tick token setting.
Syntax:
meter get tick-token
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how get meter tick-token setting.
RTK.0> meter get tick-token
tick period:48, token:66
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 235 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

meter set pon-tick-token
Description:
This command can set the tick-token setting for pon port.
Syntax:
meter set pon-tick-token tick-period period token token
Parameter:
tick-period
Token

- timing tick, unit 1/system clock frequency
- toke size, unit byte

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to set tick-period to 48 and token size
set to 66 byte for pon port.
RTK.0> meter set pon-tick-token tick-period 48 token 66
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 236 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

meter get pon-tick-token
Description:
This command can get the tick-token setting for pon port.
Syntax:
meter get pon-tick-token
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get meter tick-token setting for pon
port.
RTK.0> meter get pon-tick-token
tick period:48, token:66
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 237 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.12.

bandwidth commands

bandwidth init
Description:
This command can reset & initialize bandwidth control module.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
bandwidth init
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to initial bandwidth control related
functions.
RTK.0> bandwidth init
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 238 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth set egress ifg
Description:
This command can configure egress bandwidth control, which is
included ifg calcuation or not.
Syntax:
bandwidth set egress ifg 
bandwidth set egress ifg port  

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
Include
Exclude
Ports
All

- include configuration
- exclude configuration
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to configure port 2 and port 3 egress
bandwidth control which is included ifg calculation.
RTK.0> bandwidth set egress ifg port 2-3 include
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 239 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth get egress ifg
Description:
This command can get configuration of egress bandwidth control,
which is included ifg calcuation or not.
Syntax:
bandwidth get egress ifg
bandwidth get egress ifg port 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all

- specified port list
– specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to get port 1 egress bandwidth control
included ifg or not.
RTK.0> bandwidth get egress ifg port 1
port:1 Egress Rate counting ifg: exclude
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 240 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth set egress port
Description:
This command can configure per port or per queue egress rate.
After configuring the egree queue APR rate, the configed rate
meter needs to configure by meter commands and different port
using different meter index range mapping to APR index. For 86900
chip, meter index and arp index mapping is as below.
Port
Meter-Range
0,4
0~7
1,5
8~15
2
16~23
3
24~31

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
bandwidth set
bandwidth set
apr-index index
bandwidth set
shared-bandwidth

egress port  rate rate
egress port  qid qid

egress port  qid qid
state 

Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable
rate
qid
arp-index
shared-bandwidth

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
packet rate, unit kpbs
specify the numeric queue identifier
meter index for arp
average shared bandwidth configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure port 2 egress rate to 100Mbps
and egress queue 0/1 apr rate to related meter index 0/1.
RTK.0> bandwidth set egress port 2 rate 100000
RTK.0> bandwidth set egress port 2 queue-id 0 apr-index 0
RTK.0> bandwidth set egress port 2 queue-id 0 share-bandwidth
state enable
SFU Product

Page 241 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> bandwidth
RTK.0> bandwidth
state enable
RTK.0> meter set
RTK.0> meter set
RTK.0>

set egress port 2 queue-id 1 apr-index 1
set egress port 2 queue-id 1share-bandwidth
entry 16 rate 10240
entry 17 rate 10240

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 242 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth get egress port
Description:
This command can get egress port rate and queue ARP index usage.
It needs to use meter commands for retrieving related ARP rate
of queue-id belong to desired egress port.
Syntax:
bandwidth get egress port 
bandwidth get egress port  qid
MASK_LIST:qid

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
qid

- specified port list
– specify all ports

- specify the numeric queue identifier

Examples:
This example shows how to egress bandwidth control of egress port
1.
RTK.0> bandwidth get egress port 1
port: 1 rate:1048568
queue: 0 apr-index: 0
queue: 1 apr-index: 0
queue: 2 apr-index: 0
queue: 3 apr-index: 0
queue: 4 apr-index: 0
queue: 5 apr-index: 0
queue: 6 apr-index: 0
queue: 7 apr-index: 0
RTK.0> meter get entry 8
Meter idx = 8 , meter rate = 0
, Kbps include IFG = Disable ,
burst size = 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 243 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth set ingress port
Description:
This command can configure per port ingress rate.
Syntax:
bandwidth set ingress port  rate rate
Parameter:
ports
all
rate

- specified port list
– specify all ports
- packet rate, unit kpbs

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to enable port 1 ingress rate with 10Mpbs
configuration.

RTK.0> bandwidth set ingress port 1 rate 10240
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 244 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth get ingress port
Description:
This command can get per port ingress rate configuration.
Syntax:
bandwidth get ingress port 
Parameter:
ports
all

- specified port list
– specify all ports

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get port 0-3 ingress bandwidth rate.
RTK.0> bandwidth get ingress port 0-3 rate
port: 0 rate:1024
port: 1 rate:10240
port: 2 rate:1048568
port: 3 rate:1048568
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 245 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth set ingress ifg
Description:
This command can configure ingress bandwidth control, which is
included ifg calcuation or not.
Syntax:
bandwidth set ingress ifg port  

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
include
exclude
ports
all

–

include configuration
exclude configuration
specified port list
specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to configure port 2 and port 3 ingress
bandwidth control which is included ifg calculation.
RTK.0> bandwidth set ingress ifg port 2-3 include
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 246 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth get ingress ifg
Description:
This command can get configuration of ingress bandwidth control,
which is included ifg calcuation or not.
Syntax:
bandwidth get ingress ifg port 
Parameter:
ports
all

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to get port 1 egress bandwidth control
included ifg or not.

RTK.0> bandwidth get ingress ifg port 0-3
port: 0 ifg: exclude
port: 1 ifg: exclude
port: 2 ifg: include
port: 3 ifg: include
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 247 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth set ingress bypass-packet
Description:
This command can configure ingress rate control, which is
bypassed some kinds of packet or not. Differet chip supports
different kinds of packet to bypass ingress rate control.
Syntax:
bandwidth set ingress bypass-packet state 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
State
Disable
Enable

- state configuration
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to enable bypassing RMA, IGMP/MLD control
packet and Realtek proprietary control frames for ingress
bandwidth contol.
RTK.0> bandwidth set ingress bypass-packet state enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 248 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth get ingress bypass-packet
Description:
This command can get configuration of ingress rate control,
which is bypassed some kinds of packet or not.
Syntax:
bandwidth get ingress bypass-packet state
Parameter:
State

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- state configuration

Examples:
This example shows how get packets bypass state for ingress
bandwidth control.
RTK.0> bandwidth get ingress bypass-packet state
Ingress Rate byapss:Enable
byapss packet format:
-DMAC=01-80-C2-00-00-xx
-IGMP/MLD control packet
-8899 frames
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 249 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth set ingress flow-control
Description:
This command can configure ingress bandwidth without UTP
flow-control ability.
Syntax:
bandwidth set ingress flow-control port 
state 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
Ports
All
State
Disable
Enable

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration

- enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to set port 1-2 to keep flow-control
ability while those ports are under rate control of ingress
bandwidth.
RTK.0> bandwidth set ingress flow-control port 1-2 state enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 250 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

bandwidth get ingress flow-control
Description:
This command used to get ingress bandwidth with UTP flow-control
ability or not.
Syntax:
bandwidth get ingress flow-control port 
state

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
state

- specified port list
– specify all ports
- state configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to get flow-control ability of port 0-3
ingress rate control.
RTK.0> bandwidth get ingress flow-control port 0-3 state
Port
Flow-Control
0
Disable
1
Enable
2
Enable
3
Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 251 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.13.

mib commands

mib init
Description:
This command can initialize & reset mib module.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
mib init
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to initialize mib module.
RTK.0> mib init

SFU Product

Page 252 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib dump counter
Description:
This command can display current MIB counter information.
Syntax:
mib dump counter dot1dTpLearnedEntryDiscards
mib dump counter port 
mib dump counter port  <
dot1dTpPortInDiscards | dot3ControlInUnknownOpcodes |
dot3InPauseFrames | dot3OutPauseFrames |
dot3StatsDeferredTransmissions | dot3StatsExcessiveCollisions |
dot3StatsLateCollisions | dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrames |
dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames | dot3StatsSymbolErrors |
etherStatsCRCAlignErrors | etherStatsCollisions |
etherStatsDropEvents | etherStatsFragments | etherStatsJabbers |
etherStatsUndersizeDropPkts | etherStatsPkts64Octets |
etherStatsPkts65to127Octets | etherStatsPkts128to255Octets |
etherStatsPkts256to511Octets | etherStatsPkts512to1023Octets |
etherStatsPkts1024to1518Octets | etherStatsPkts1519toMaxOctets |
etherStatsOversizePkts | etherStatsUndersizePkts |
etherStatsTxBroadcastPkts | etherStatsTxMulticastPkts |
inOamPduPkts | outOamPduPkts | ifInOctets | ifInUcastPkts |
ifInMulticastPkts | ifInBroadcastPkts | ifOutOctets |
ifOutUcastPkts | ifOutMulticastPkts | ifOutBroadcastPkts |
ifOutDiscards>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all

- specified port list
– specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to display dot1dTpLearnedEntryDiscards
counter information.
RTK.0> mib dump counter dot1dTpLearnedEntryDiscards
dot1dTpLearnedEntryDiscards: 0
This example shows how to display port 0 MIB counter information:

SFU Product

Page 253 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> mib dump counter port 0
Port: 0
ifInOctets
ifInUcastPkts
ifInMulticastPkts
ifInBroadcastPkts
ifOutOctets
ifOutDiscards
ifOutUcastPkts
ifOutMulticastPkts
ifOutBroadcastPkts
dot1dTpPortInDiscards
dot3InPauseFrames
dot3OutPauseFrames
dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames
dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrames
dot3StatsDeferredTransmissions
dot3StatsLateCollisions
dot3StatsExcessiveCollisions
dot3StatsSymbolErrors
dot3ControlInUnknownOpcodes
etherStatsDropEvents
etherStatsFragments
etherStatsJabbers
etherStatsCollisions
etherStatsCRCAlignErrors
etherStatsTxUndersizePkts
etherStatsTxOversizePkts
etherStatsTxPkts64Octets
etherStatsTxPkts65to127Octets
etherStatsTxPkts128to255Octets
etherStatsTxPkts256to511Octets
etherStatsTxPkts512to1023Octets
etherStatsTxPkts1024to1518Octets
etherStatsTxPkts1519toMaxOctets
etherStatsTxBroadcastPkts
etherStatsTxMulticastPkts
etherStatsRxUndersizePkts
etherStatsRxUndersizeDropPkts

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 254 / 529

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

etherStatsRxOversizePkts
etherStatsRxPkts64Octets
etherStatsRxPkts65to127Octets
etherStatsRxPkts128to255Octets
etherStatsRxPkts256to511Octets
etherStatsRxPkts512to1023Octets
etherStatsRxPkts1024to1518Octets
etherStatsRxPkts1519toMaxOctets
inOamPduPkts
outOamPkdPkts

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 255 / 529

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib reset counter
Description:
This command reset MIB counter on a chip.
Syntax:
mib reset counter global
mib reset counter port 
Parameter:
ports
all

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to reset port 1 MIB counter.
RTK.0> mib reset counter port 1
RTK.0>

This example shows how to reset global MIB counter.
mib reset counter global
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 256 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib dump statistic
Description:
This command get ACL statistic counter on a chip.
Syntax:
mib dump statistic index index
Parameter:
index

- specified statistic counter index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get ACL statistic counter on index 0.
RTK.0> mib dump statistic index 0
Index 0: 0

SFU Product

Page 257 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib reset statistic
Description:
This command reset ACL statistic counter on a chip.
Syntax:
mib reset statistic index index
Parameter:
index

- specified statistic counter index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to reset ACL statistic counter on index
0.
RTK.0> mib reset statistic index 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 258 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib set statistic mode
Description:
This command set ACL statistic counter m(0,2,4,…30) mode on a
chip.
Syntax:
mib set statistic mode index index 
Parameter:
index
bits-32
bits-64

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- specified statistic counter index
- 32 bits counter mode
- 64 bits counter mode

Examples:
This example shows how to set ACL statistic counter mode of index
0 to bit 32.
RTK.0> mib set statistic mode index 0 bits-32
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 259 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib get statistic mode
Description:
This command get ACL statistic counter m(0,2,4,…30) mode on a
chip.
Syntax:
mib get statistic mode index index
Parameter:
index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- specified statistic counter index

Examples:
This example shows how to get ACL statistic counter mode on index
0.
RTK.0> mib get statistic mode index 0
0: 32-bits

SFU Product

Page 260 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib set statistic type
Description:
This command set ACL statistic counter type(packet/byte) count
on a chip.
Syntax:
mib set statistic type index index 
Parameter:
index
byte-count
packet-count

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- specified statistic counter index
- byte counting type
- packet counting type

Examples:
This example shows how to set ACL statistic counter type to byte
count.
RTK.0> mib set statistic type index
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 261 / 529

0 byte-count

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib get statistic type
Description:
This command get ACL statistic counter type(packet/byte) count
on a chip.
Syntax:
mib get statistic type index index
Parameter:
index
byte-count
packet-count

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- specified statistic counter index
- byte counting type
- packet counting type

Examples:
This example shows how to get ACL statistic counter type on index
0.
RTK.0> mib get statistic type index 0
0: Byte count

SFU Product

Page 262 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib get packet-debug-reason
Description:
This command get per-port newest packet trap/drop reason and
code number on a chip.
Syntax:
mib get packet-debug-reason port 
Parameter:
ports
all

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to get port 0 newest packet trap/drop
reason.

RTK.0> mib get packet-debug-reason port 0
Port code Drop Trap Reason
0
0
normal

SFU Product

Page 263 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib set sync-mode
Description:
This command set MIB data update mode (freerun/stop sync).
Syntax:
mib set syn-mode 
Parameter:
freerun
stop

- free running configuration
- stopping configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example set MIB data update mode to freerun.
RTK.0> mib set sync-mode freerun
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 264 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib get sync-mode
Description:
This command get MIB data update mode(freerun/stop sync).
Syntax:
mib get syn-mode
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get MIB update mode.
RTK.0> mib get sync-mode

MIB sync mode: normal free run sync

SFU Product

Page 265 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib set reset-value
Description:
This command set mib reset value.
Syntax:
mib set reset-value <0 | 1>
Parameter:
0
1

- reset to 0
- reset to 1

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to set MIB reset value to 0.
RTK.0> mib set reset-value 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 266 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib get reset-value
Description:
This command get MIB reset value.
Syntax:
mib get reset-value
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get MIB reset value.
RTK.0> mib get reset-value

Reset MIB counter to: all 0

SFU Product

Page 267 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib set ctag-length
Description:
This command can set RX/TX counters including or excluding C-tag
when calculating packet length.
Syntax:
mib set ctag-length  

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
rx-counter
tx-counter
include
exclude

-

receiving counter
transmitting counter
include configuration
exclude configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to set TX MIB counter to exclude C-tag
length.
RTK.0> mib set ctag-length tx-counter exclude
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 268 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib get ctag-length
Description:
This command can get RX/TX counters including or excluding C-tag
when calculating packet length.
Syntax:
mib get ctag-length 
Parameter:
rx-counter
tx-counter

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- receiving counter
- transmitting counter

Examples:
This example shows how to get if packet length in TX MIB counter
include or exclude C-tag length.

RTK.0> mib get ctag-length tx-counter
tx-counter tag length: exclude

SFU Product

Page 269 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib set count-mode
Description:
This command set MIB update mode.
Syntax:
mib set conut-mode freerun
mib set conut-mode by-timer latch-time timer
Parameter:
freerun
by-timer
timer

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- free running configuration
- running depond on timer setting
- time setting, unit second

Examples:
This example shows how to set MIB data update mode to latch time
to 10 seconds.
RTK.0> mib set count-mode by-timer latch-time 10
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 270 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

mib get count-mode
Description:
This command get configuration of MIB update mode.
Syntax:
mib get conut-mode
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get MIB data update mode.
RTK.0> mib get count-mode

MIB count mode: control by MIB timer
Timer
: 10

SFU Product

Page 271 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.14.

ACL commands

acl init
Description:
This command can initial acl module, set acl related config to
default, and clear acl entries. Only after executing this
command, other acl commands can be executed and will not return
FAILED.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
acl init
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to initial acl functions.
RTK.0> acl init
RTK.0> acl get port 0-6 state
Port State
0
Disable
1
Disable
2
Disable
3
Disable
4
Disable
5
Disable
6
Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 272 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl add entry
Description:
This command can add acl rule after rule contents are configured.
In SVLAN and VLAN action setting, some configurations need to
be making sure that related setting is done before adding rule.
Otherwise, the adding rule can not be set to hardware or there
will be unexpected behaviors.
Syntax:
acl add entry index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
index

- acl rule index

Examples:
This example shows how to add a acl rule to entry index 0 that
all ingress packets from port 1 will be assigned priority to 7.
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

SFU Product

acl
acl
acl
acl
acl
acl

clear
set rule template entry 0
set rule state valid
set rule port 1
set action priority assign-priority 7
add entry 0

Page 273 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl del entry
Description:
This command can delete acl rule entry by desired index or delete
all of rules. After rule entry being deleted, the content of
entry will be cleared to default.
Syntax:
acl del entry index
acl del entry all

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
index
all

- acl rule index
- all entries

Examples:
This example shows how to delete acl rule index 1.
RTK.0> acl del entry 1
RTK.0> acl get entry 1
Valid: Invalid
Not: Disable
Cvlan action: Ingress Vlan vid: 0
Svlan action: Ingress Vlan svid: 0
Forward: Copy Ports:
Policing: Policing meter: 0
Pri-Remark: ACL priority acl-pri: 0
Interrupt: Disable
Classification: None
ACL index latch: Disable
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0
[1] DMAC1
[2] DMAC2
[3] STAG
[4] SMAC0
[5] SMAC1
[6] SMAC2
[7] ETHERTYPE
Active Port: none
Tags: Mask:

SFU Product

Page 274 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

field[0]
field[1]
field[2]
field[3]
field[4]
field[5]
field[6]
field[7]
RTK.0>

data:
data:
data:
data:
data:
data:
data:
data:

0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000

mask:
mask:
mask:
mask:
mask:
mask:
mask:
mask:

0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 275 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get entry
Description:
Show acl rule contents and action
Syntax:
acl get entry index [action]
Parameter:
index
action

- acl rule index
- rule action data configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get content and action of acl rule entry
0 and action contents only of entry 1.
RTK.0> acl get entry 0
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
Cvlan action: Disable
Svlan action: Disable
Forward: Redirect Ports: 2
Policing: Disable
Pri-Remark: Disable
Interrupt or Classification: Disable
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0
[1] DMAC1
[2] DMAC2
[3] STAG
[4] SMAC0
[5] SMAC1
[6] SMAC2
[7] ETHERTYPE
Active Port: 0-6
Tags: Mask:
field[0] data: 0x0000 mask: 0xF0F0
field[1] data: 0x0000 mask: 0xF0F0
field[2] data: 0x0000 mask: 0xF0F0
field[3] data: 0x0000 mask: 0x0000
field[4] data: 0x0000 mask: 0x0000

SFU Product

Page 276 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

field[5] data: 0x0000 mask: 0x0000
field[6] data: 0x0000 mask: 0x0000
field[7] data: 0x0000 mask: 0x0000
RTK.0> acl get entry 1 action
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
Cvlan action: Disable
Svlan action: Disable
Forward: Disable
Policing: Policing meter: 1
Pri-Remark: ACL priority acl-pri: 7
Interrupt or Classification: Disable
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 277 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl show
Description:
Show user configured acl contents and actions of rule be added
to entry.
Syntax:
acl show
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to show contents and actions of rule be
configed before adding to entry.
RTK.0> acl clear
RTK.0> acl set rule template entry 0
RTK.0> acl set rule state valid
RTK.0> acl set rule port 0
RTK.0> acl set rule dmac data 0F:0F:0F:0F:0F:0F mask
F0:F0:F0:F0:F0:F0
RTK.0> acl set action priority assign-priority 7
RTK.0> acl show
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
Cvlan action: Disable
Svlan action: Disable
Forward: Disable
Policing: Disable
Pri-Remark: ACL priority acl-pri: 7
Interrupt or Classification: Disable
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0
[1] DMAC1
[2] DMAC2
[3] STAG
[4] SMAC0
[5] SMAC1
[6] SMAC2
[7] ETHERTYPE

SFU Product

Page 278 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Active Port: 0
Tags: Mask:
dmac data: 0F:0F:0F:0F:0F:0F
mask: F0:F0:F0:F0:F0:F0
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 279 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl clear
Description:
This command can clear contents of configured acl rule. It is
necessary to use this command before editing and adding new rule
to make sure action and rule contents are wanted.
Syntax:
acl clear

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to clear pre-configured contents of acl
rule which need to add.

RTK.0> acl show action
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
Cvlan action: Disable
Svlan action: Disable
Forward: Redirect Ports: 1
Policing: Acl MIB counter: 1
Pri-Remark: ACL priority acl-pri: 7
Interrupt or Classification: Disable
RTK.0> acl clear
RTK.0> acl show action
Valid: Invalid
Not: Disable
Cvlan action: Disable
Svlan action: Disable
Forward: Disable
Policing: Disable
Pri-Remark: Disable
Interrupt or Classification: Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 280 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set rule
Description:
This command can edit wanted rule contents before being added
to device. Different chip version will support different
contents to be configured. The rule content is depended on which
template is used. So, configuring used template is more
important before setting rule.
Syntax:
acl set rule  data mac [mask mac_mask]
acl set rule  data ip [mask ip_mask]
acl set rule  data ip6 [mask ip6_mask]
acl set rule  data
data [mask mask]
acl set rule  care-range MASK_LIST:list
acl set rule ctag vid vid priority priority cfi cfi [mask
vid_mask vid_mask priority_mask priority_mask cfi_mask cfi_mask]
acl set rule stag vid vid priority priority dei dei [mask
vid_mask vid_mask priority_mask priority_mask dei_mask dei_mask]
acl set rule user-field index data data [mask mask]
acl set rule pattern field-index index data data [mask mask]
acl set rule field-valid care-field MASK_LIST:list [mask_field
MASK_LIST:mask]
acl set rule care-tags [ctag] [ip] [ipv6] [pppoe] [stag] [tcp]
[ucp]
acl set rule port 
acl set rule template entry index
acl set rule operation reverse-state 
acl set rule state 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
data
mask
dmac
smac
dip
sip
dip6
SFU Product

-

rule matching data
rule matching mask
destination mac address
source mac address

- destination ipv4 address
- source ipv4 address
- destination ipv6 address
Page 281 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

sip6
ethertype
gemport-llid
next-header
range-l4port
range-vid
range-ip
range-length
stag
priority
vid
dei
ctag
cfi
user-field
field-valid
ext
pattern
field-index
care-tags
port
ports
all
none
template
state
reverse-state

–
-

source ipv6 address
ethernet type or payload lengthlength
gemport id or llid
ipv6 next header
layer4 port number range checking list
vid range checking list
ip range checking list
packet length range checking list
stag rule matching
priority configuration
specify the numeric VLAN identifier
dei field of stag
ctag rule matching
cfi field of ctag

–
-

user defined field
user defined field valid list
extention source ports
rule raw data matching
rule field index
packet types checking
rule actived port configuration
specified port list
specify all ports
specify no port
rule matching template usage
rule valid state configuration
reverse configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to configure acl rule with specified
destination mac, source mac and source ip address for ingress
policing action.
RTK.0> acl clear
RTK.0> acl set rule template entry 0
RTK.0> acl set rule state valid
RTK.0> acl set rule port 0-6
RTK.0> acl set rule dmac data 01:80:C2:00:00:40
RTK.0> acl set rule smac data 00:01:02:03:04:05
SFU Product

Page 282 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> acl set rule sip data 172.1.2.3
RTK.0> acl set action meter 3
RTK.0> acl show
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
Cvlan action: Disable
Svlan action: Disable
Forward: Disable
Policing: Policing meter: 3
Pri-Remark: Disable
Interrupt or Classification: Disable
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0
[1] DMAC1
[2] DMAC2
[3] SMAC0
[4] SMAC1
[5] SMAC2
[6] IP4SIP0
[7] IP4SIP1
Active Port: 0-6
Tags: Mask:
dmac data: 01:80:C2:00:00:40
mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
smac data: 00:01:02:03:04:05
mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
sip data: 172.1.2.3
mask: 255.255.255.255
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 283 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl show rule
Description:
Show user configured acl contents of rule which will be added
to entry.
Syntax:
acl show rule
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to show contents of rule have been
configed before adding to entry.
RTK.0> acl clear
RTK.0> acl set rule template entry 0
RTK.0> acl set rule state valid
RTK.0> acl set rule port 0
RTK.0> acl set rule dmac data 0F:0F:0F:0F:0F:0F mask
F0:F0:F0:F0:F0:F0
RTK.0> acl show rule
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0
[1] DMAC1
[2] DMAC2
[3] STAG
[4] SMAC0
[5] SMAC1
[6] SMAC2
[7] ETHERTYPE
Active Port: 0
Tags: Mask:
dmac data: 0F:0F:0F:0F:0F:0F
mask: F0:F0:F0:F0:F0:F0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 284 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl clear action
Description:
This command can clear configured actions of editing rule. It
should be execute before adding new configed rule. Otherwise,
unexpected behavior may happen.
Syntax:
acl clear action

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to clear configured actions of acl rule
before adding.

RTK.0> acl show
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
Cvlan action: Disable
Svlan action: Disable
Forward: Redirect Ports: 3
Policing: Policing meter: 31
Pri-Remark: ACL priority acl-pri: 7
Interrupt: Enable
Classification: None
ACL index latch: Disable
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0
[1] DMAC1
[2] DMAC2
[3] STAG
[4] SMAC0
[5] SMAC1
[6] SMAC2
[7] ETHERTYPE
Active Port: none

Tags: Mask:
stag data: priority: 3 dei: 0 vid: 2000
mask: priority: 7 dei: 1 vid: 4095
SFU Product

Page 285 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0>
RTK.0> acl clear action
RTK.0> acl show action
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
Cvlan action: Disable
Svlan action: Disable
Forward: Disable
Policing: Disable
Pri-Remark: Disable
Interrupt or Classification: Disable
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 286 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set action
Description:
This command can edit wanted actions of rule will be added to
device. Different chip version will support different actions
to be configed.
Syntax:
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set
acl set

action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action
action

cvlan inress vid vid
cvlan egress vid vid
cvlan using-svid
cvlan meter index
cvlan statistic index
cvlan remarking dscp dscp
cvlan remarking dot1p priority
svlan inress svid svid
svlan egress svid svid
svlan using-cvid
svlan meter index
svlan statistic index
svlan remarking dscp dscp
svlan remarking dot1p priority
priority remarking dscp dscp
priority remarking dot1p priority
priority meter index
priority statistic index
meter index
statistic index
trap-to-cpu
drop
copy port 
redirect port 
mirror port 
interrrupt
latch-index
classf none
classf sid sid
classf llid llid
classf ext-member 
none

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 287 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Parameter:
cvlan
svlan
priority
ingress
egress
using-cvid
using-svid
remarking
dot1p
dscp
meter
statistic
trap-to-cpu
copy
redirect
mirror
interrupt
latch-index
classf
none
sid
llid
ext

-

cvlan related action configuration
svlan related action configuration
priority related action configuration
ingress vlan assign
egress vlan assign
assign vid depend on VLAN identifier
assign vid depend on SVLAN identifier
enable remarking
dot1p configuration
dscp configuration
policing meter configuration
statistic counter configuration

-

trap packet to cpu port
copy packet to assigned ports
redirect packet to assigned ports
mirror packet to assigned ports
interrupt action configuration
latch hit rule index
classification related action
nop
stream id configuration
llid configuration
specify a extention port list

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how configure acl rule to redirect ingress
port 0 packets to port 1 with assigned priority 7.
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

acl
acl
acl
acl
acl
acl

clear
set rule template entry 0
set rule state valid
set rule port 0
set action redirect port 1
set action priority assign-priority 7

RTK.0> acl show
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
SFU Product

Page 288 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Cvlan action: Disable
Svlan action: Disable
Forward: Redirect Ports: 1
Policing: Disable
Pri-Remark: ACL priority acl-pri: 7
Interrupt or Classification: Disable
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0
[1] DMAC1
[2] DMAC2
[3] STAG
[4] SMAC0
[5] SMAC1
[6] SMAC2
[7] ETHERTYPE
Active Port: 0
Tags: Mask:
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 289 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl show action
Description:
This command can show configured actions of editing rule.
Syntax:
acl show action
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to show configured actions of acl rule
before adding.
RTK.0> acl show action
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
Cvlan action: Disable
Svlan action: Disable
Forward: Redirect Ports: 3
Policing: Policing meter: 31
Pri-Remark: ACL priority acl-pri: 7
Interrupt: Enable
Classification: None
ACL index latch: Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 290 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl show template
Description:
This command can show configured content of editing template.
Syntax:
acl show template
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how the editing template is.
RTK.0> acl clear template

RTK.0> acl set template dmac
RTK.0> acl set template smac
RTK.0> acl set template sip
RTK.0> acl show template
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0
[1] DMAC1
[2] DMAC2
[3] SMAC0
[4] SMAC1
[5] SMAC2
[6] IP4SIP0
[7] IP4SIP1
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 291 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl clear template
Description:
This command can clear configured content of editing template.
Syntax:
acl clear template
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to clear editing template
RTK.0> acl show template

Template: 0 [0] DMAC0
[1] DMAC1
[2] DMAC2
[3] IP4DIP0
[4] IP4DIP1
[5] STAG
[6] CTAG
[7] unknown
RTK.0> acl clear template
RTK.0> acl show template
Template: 0 [0] unknown
[1] unknown
[2] unknown
[3] unknown
[4] unknown
[5] unknown
[6] unknown
[7] unknown
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 292 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set template
Description:
This command can use to configure content of editing template.
Each template contains limited packet pattern bits for acl rule
matching. The ordering of editing template pattern bits is
depended on editing order.
Syntax:
acl set template user-field 
acl set template user-field index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
dmac
smac
dip
sip
dip6
sip6
ethertype
gemport-llid
next-header
range-l4port
range-vid
range-ip
range-length
stag
ctag
user-field
field-valid
ext-pmask
unknown

-

destination mac address
source mac address
destination ipv4 address
source ipv4 address
destination ipv6 address
source ipv6 address
ethernet type or payload lengthlength
gemport id or llid
ipv6 next header
layer4 port number range checking list
vid range checking list
ip range checking list
packet length range checking list
stag rule matching
ctag rule matching
user defined field
user defined field valid list
extention port mask
unknown configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure acl template with dmac and
smac and IPv4 dip.

SFU Product

Page 293 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> acl clear template
RTK.0> acl set template dip
RTK.0> acl set template smac
RTK.0> acl set template dmac
RTK.0> acl show template
Template: 0 [0] IP4DIP0
[1] IP4DIP1
[2] SMAC0
[3] SMAC1
[4] SMAC2
[5] DMAC0
[6] DMAC1
[7] DMAC2
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 294 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl add template
Description:
This command can use to add configured template to device. The
template number is supportted by different devices.
Syntax:
acl add template entry index
Parameter:
index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- specified entry index

Examples:
This example shows how to add template with stag, ctag, dip, sip,
user-defined field 0 and 1 to template entry 2.
RTK.0> acl clear template
RTK.0> acl set template stag
RTK.0> acl set template ctag
RTK.0> acl set template dip
RTK.0> acl set template sip
RTK.0> acl set template user-field 0
RTK.0> acl set template user-field 1
RTK.0> acl show template
Template: 0 [0] STAG
[1] CTAG
[2] IP4DIP0
[3] IP4DIP1
[4] IP4SIP0
[5] IP4SIP1
[6] Field_Sel0
[7] Field_Sel1
RTK.0> acl add template entry 2
RTK.0> acl get template entry 2
Template: 2 [0] STAG
[1] CTAG
[2] IP4DIP0
[3] IP4DIP1
[4] IP4SIP0
[5] IP4SIP1

SFU Product

Page 295 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

[6] Field_Sel0
[7] Field_Sel1
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 296 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get template
Description:
This command can be used to get templates which be configured
to device.
Syntax:
acl get template entry index
Parameter:
Index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- specified entry index

Examples:
This example shows how to get template index 0 and 1.
RTK.0> acl get template entry 0
Template: 0 [0] DMAC0
[1] DMAC1
[2] DMAC2
[3] STAG
[4] SMAC0
[5] SMAC1
[6] SMAC2
[7] ETHERTYPE
RTK.0> acl get template entry 1
Template: 1 [0] CTAG
[1] IP4SIP0
[2] IP4SIP1
[3] VIDRANGE
[4] IPRANGE
[5] PORTRANGE
[6] IP4DIP0
[7] IP4DIP1
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 297 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl del template
Description:
This command can be used to delete templates which be configured
to device. After deleting template, any packet will not hit acl
rules with deleted template entry index.
Syntax:
acl del template entry index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
index

- specified entry index

Examples:
This example shows how to delete template entry 2.
RTK.0> acl get template entry 2
Template: 2 [0] STAG
[1] CTAG
[2] IP4DIP0
[3] IP4DIP1
[4] IP4SIP0
[5] IP4SIP1
[6] Field_Sel0
[7] Field_Sel1
RTK.0> acl del template entry 2
RTK.0> acl get template entry 2
Template: 2 [0] unknown
[1] unknown
[2] unknown
[3] unknown
[4] unknown
[5] unknown
[6] unknown
[7] unknown
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 298 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set range-vid
Description:
This command can configure vid, either svlan or cvlan, range
check entry. While acl rule was configed to match desired vid
range, valid entries will be compare with acl rule. If packets
are without vlan tagging, then vid and svid will be assign as
0 to compared all vid range checking entries. The entry setting
is be disabled while either state is configured to invalid or
low-bound/up-bound is set as 0/4095.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
acl set range-vid entry index state 
acl set range-vid entry index type 
acl set range-vid entry index  vid

Parameter:
index
state
type
low-bound
up-bound
vid

–

specified entry index
valid state configuration
vid range type
low bound range
high bound range
specify the numeric VLAN identifier

Examples:
This example shows how to configured cvlan vid range for vid 100
to 200 and svlan vid range for svid 1000 to 2000.
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

SFU Product

acl
acl
acl
acl
acl
acl
acl
acl

set
set
set
set
set
set
set
set

range-vid
range-vid
range-vid
range-vid
range-vid
range-vid
range-vid
range-vid

entry
entry
entry
entry
entry
entry
entry
entry

0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1

state valid
type cvid
low-bound 100
up-bound 200
state valid
type svid
low-bound 1000
up-bound 2000

Page 299 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get range-vid
Description:
Show vid range checking entry contents.
Syntax:
acl get range-vid entry index
Parameter:
index

- specified entry index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows configuration of vid range checking entry
index 1.
RTK.0> acl get range-vid entry 1
Range check of VID
Index: 1 Upper: 2000 Lower: 1000 Type: SVID
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 300 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set range-ip
Description:
This command can configure IP address, either destination or
source, range check entry. While acl rule be configed to match
desired IP range, only valid entries will be compare with acl
rule. The entry setting is be disabled, while either state is
configed to invalid or low-bound/up-bound is set as 0.0.0.0/
255.255.255.255. Different device supports different address
bits checking for IPv6 IP range checking. At least IPv6 IP range
checking is supporting with LSB 32-bits.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Syntax:
acl set range-ip entry index state 
acl set range-ip entry index type 
acl set range-ip entry index low-bound low_bound_ip up-bound
up_bound_ip
Parameter:
index
state
type
dip
sip
dip6
sip6
low-bound
up-bound

-

specified entry index
valid state configuration
ip range type
destination ipv4 address
source ipv4 address
destination ipv6 address
source ipv6 address
low bound range
high bound range

Examples:
This example shows how to configure IP range checking entry 0
for IPv4 dip range within 172.1.1.1/16.
RTK.0> acl set range-ip entry 0 state valid
RTK.0> acl set range-ip entry 0 type dip
RTK.0> acl set range-ip entry 0 low-bound 172.1.1.1 up-bound
172.1.1.16
RTK.0> acl get range-ip entry 0
Range check of IP address
Index: 0 Upper: 172.1.1.16 Lower: 172.1.1.1 Type: IPv4 Dip
SFU Product

Page 301 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 302 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get range-ip
Description:
Show IP range checking entry contents.
Syntax:
acl get range-ip entry index
Parameter:
index

- specified entry index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows configuration of IP range checking entry
index 1.
RTK.0> acl get range-ip entry 1
Range check of IP address
Index: 1 Upper: 192.168.1.255 Lower: 192.168.1.1 Type: Ipv4 Sip
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 303 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set range-l4port
Description:
This command can configure layer-4 tcp or
destination or source, range check entry.
configed to match desired tcp or udp port
entries will be compare with acl rule. The
disabled while either state is configured
low-bound/up-bound is set as 0/65535.

udp port, either
While acl rule was
range, only valid
entry setting is be
to invalid or

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Syntax:
acl set range-l4port entry index state 
acl set range-l4port entry index type 
acl set range-l4port entry index  l4port
Parameter:
index
state
type
src-port
dst-port
low-bound
up-bound
l4port

–

specified entry index
valid state configuration
ip range type
source port number
destination port number
low bound range
high bound range
specify the tcp/udp layer4 port number

Examples:
This example shows how to configure layer-4 port range checking
entry index 0 to tcp source port range checking from 1024~2000.
RTK.0> acl set range-l4port
RTK.0> acl set range-l4port
RTK.0> acl set range-l4port
RTK.0> acl set range-l4port
RTK.0> acl get range-l4port
Range check of L4 port
Index: 0 Upper: 2000 Lower:
RTK.0>

SFU Product

entry
entry
entry
entry
entry

0
0
0
0
0

type src-port
low-bound 1024
up-bound 2000
state valid

1024 Type: Source Port

Page 304 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get range-l4port
Description:
Show layer-4 tcp/udp port range checking entry contents.
Syntax:
acl get range-l4port entry index
Parameter:
index

- specified entry index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows configuration of layer-4 tcp/udp port range
checking entry index 0-1.
RTK.0> acl get range-l4port
Range check of L4 port
Index: 0 Upper: 2000 Lower:
RTK.0> acl get range-l4port
Range check of L4 port
Index: 1 Upper: 1023 Lower:
RTK.0>

SFU Product

entry 0

1024 Type: Source Port
entry 1

0 Type: Destination Port

Page 305 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set range-length
Description:
This command can configure length-range checking entry of
ingress packet. While acl rule be configed to match packet length
range, only valid entries will be compare with acl rule. The
entry setting is be disabled while either state is configured
to invalid or low-bound/up-bound is set as 0/16383. If
reverse-state is set, it means packets which length is not within
low-bound and up-bound setting are matched configuration.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Syntax:
acl set range-length entry index reverse-state 
acl set range-length entry index  length
Parameter:
index
reverse-state
disable
enable
low-bound
up-bound
length

–

specified entry index
reverse configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
low bound range
high bound range
specify length

Examples:
This example shows how to configure packet length range checking
entry index 0 to lenth 64~1518.
RTK.0> acl set range-length entry 0 low-bound 64
RTK.0> acl set range-length entry 0 up-bound 1518
RTK.0> acl set range-length entry 0 reverse-state disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 306 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get range-length
Description:
Show packet length range checking entry contents.
Syntax:
acl get range-length entry index
Parameter:
index

- specified entry index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows configuration of packet length range checking
entry index 0 and index 1.
RTK.0> acl get range-length entry 0
Range check of packet length
Index: 0 Upper: 2000 Lower: 64 Type: Not Revise
RTK.0> acl get range-length entry 1
Range check of packet length
Index: 1 Upper: 1522 Lower: 68 Type: Not Revise
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 307 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get reason
Description:
Shows acl hit rule entry for each action. Each action will be
executed by the first matched rule entry.
Syntax:
acl get reason 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
all
cvlan
svlan
priority
policing
extend

-

all actions hit rule index
cvlan related action hit rule index
svlan related action hit rule index
priority related action hit rule index

- priority related action hit rule index
- extend related action hit rule index

Examples:
This example shows how to get acl action hit rule entry number.
RTK.0> acl get reason all
Action
Hit Index
cvlan
yes 0
svlan
no 0
priority no 0
policing no 0
forward
no 0
extend
no 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 308 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set mode
Description:
This command can configure acl mode for different number of rules
usage.
Syntax:
acl set mode <64-entries | 128-entries>
Parameter:
64-entries
128-entries

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- 64 rule entries usage
- 128 rule entries usage

Examples:
This example shows how to configure acl mode to 128 rules.
RTK.0> acl init
RTK.0> acl set mode 128-entries
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 309 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get mode
Description:
Show acl number of rules usage.
Syntax:
acl get mode
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get valid number of acl rules.
RTK.0> acl init

RTK.0> acl get mode
ACL mode: 64 Entries
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 310 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set state
Description:
This command can configure per-port acl enable state. If acl
ingress state is enabled, all packets from the acl enable port
will be matching acl rules and switch will follow the 1st matched
acl action to packets which hit configured acl rules.
Syntax:
acl set port  state 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
All
state
disable
enable

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure acl state of ports from port
2 to port 4.
RTK.0> acl set port 2-4 state enable
RTK.0> acl get port 0-6 state
Port State
0
Disable
1
Disable
2
Enable
3
Enable
4
Enable
5
Disable
6
Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 311 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get state
Description:
Show per-port acl enable state.
Syntax:
acl get port  state
Parameter:
ports
all
state

- specified port list
– specify all ports
- state configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get acl state of port 1,3 and 5.
RTK.0> acl get port 1,3,5 state
Port State
1
Disable
3
Enable
5
Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 312 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl set permit
Description:
This command can configure switch action for packets which
unmatched ingress acl rules. If permit is not set, switch will
drop packets, which are unmatched any acl rule.
Syntax:
acl set port  permit 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
permit
disable
enable

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
permit configuration
disable configuration

- enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure port 0-3 acl permit enable
setting.
RTK.0> acl set port 0-3 permit enable
RTK.0> acl get port 0-6 permit
Port State
0
Enable
1
Enable
2
Enable
3
Enable
4
Disable
5
Disable
6
Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 313 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

acl get permit
Description:
Show per port acl permit state.
Syntax:
acl get port  permit
Parameter:
ports
all
permit

- specified port list
– specify all ports
- permit configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get the ports 1,3,5 acl permit state.
RTK.0> acl get port 1,3,5 permit
Port State
1
Enable
3
Enable
5
Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 314 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

field-selector set
Description:
This command can configure acl user defined field. Each field
can set 16-bits content of packet which user wants to filter for
acl uage. From pure raw packet to layer-4 content as tcp or udp,
the field can be set for parsing content of packet inside the
first 256 bytes.
Syntax:
field-selector set index index format  offset offset

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
index
format
default
raw
llc
arp
ipv4-header
ipv6-header
ip-payload
offset

- specify index
-

parsing format
un-assigned format
parsing as l2 raw packet
parsing as llc packet
parsing as arp packet
parsing from ipv4 header
parsing from ipv6 header
parsing from ipv4 payload
specify parsing byte offset

Examples:
This example show how to configure using acl to trap total length
field of ipv4 header which greate than 128 by setting field
selector 8 and udp ssdp “M-SEARCH” packets by setting field
selector 9/10/11/12.
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

SFU Product

field-selector
field-selector
field-selector
field-selector
field-selector

set index 8 format ipv4-header offset 2
set index 9 format ip-payload offset 8
set index 10 format ip-payload offset 10
set index 11 format ip-payload offset 12
set index 12 format ip-payload offset 14

Page 315 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

field-selector get
Description:
Show user defined field selector configuration.
Syntax:
field-selector get index index
Parameter:
index

- specify index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get field selectors 8-10.
RTK.0> field-selector get index 8

Index Offset Mode
8
2
IPv4 header
RTK.0> field-selector get index 9
Index Offset Mode
9
29
IP payload
RTK.0> field-selector get index 10
Index Offset Mode
10
31
IP payload
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 316 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.15.

PON Mac commands

pon init
Description:
Initial PON mac module. For PON port the queue management and
schedule must using PON command to configurate it.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
pon init
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to initialize pon module.
RTK.0> pon init
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 317 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon set t-cont
Description:
The PON port queue management is based on T-CONT per tcont have
32 queues. If the PON port is used as UTP port, please use tcont
0 queue 0~7 to confgirate this port. This command set is buffer
mode, user muset call “pon add t-cont” to apply these seeting
to chip. For GPON mode please use “pon set t-cont” command
Syntax:
pon set t-cont t-cont queue-id queue-id  rate rate
pon set t-cont t-cont queue-id queue-id scheduling type
< strict | wfq >
pon set t-cont t-cont queue-id queue-id egress-drop state


k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
t-cont
queue-id
cir
Pir
Rate
Strict
Wfq
Enable
Disable

- GPON T-CONT id
- Queue id
- Committed Information Rate,
- Peak Information rate
- The PIR and CIR rate unit 64Kbps
- The traffic schedule is based on strick
priority
- The traffic schedule is based on wfq
- Enable per queue egress drop
- Disable per queue egress drop

Examples:
This example shows how to set t-cont 0 queue 0~1 as follow
configurations.
Queue-id schedule-type PIR/CIR egress-drop-state
0
Strict
100/10
disable
1
WFQ
100/10
disable
RTK.0> pon clear
RTK.0> pon set t-cont 0 queue-id 0 scheduling type strict
RTK.0> pon set t-cont 0 queue-id 0 pir rate 100
RTK.0> pon set t-cont 0 queue-id 0 cir rate 10
RTK.0> pon set t-cont 0 queue-id 0 egress-drop state disable
SFU Product

Page 318 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon

add t-cont
clear
set t-cont
set t-cont
set t-cont
set t-cont
add t-cont

0 queue-id 0
0
0
0
0
0

queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id

1
1
1
1
1

scheduling type wfq
pir rate 100
cir rate 10
egress-drop state disable

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 319 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon get t-cont
Description:
This command can get queue setting. The “pon get t-cont
queue-list” can get which queue is scheduled by this t-cont.
Syntax:
pon get t-cont t-cont queue-id queue-id
pon get t-cont t-cont queue-list

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
t-cont
queue-id
queue-list

- GPON T-CONT id
- Queue id
- Queue list for this t-cont

Examples:
This example shows how to get queue setting for t-cont 0 queue
0.
RTK.0> pon get t-cont 0 queue-id 0
CIR:10
PIR:100
queue Type:strict
WFQ weight:1
Egress Drop:Disable

This example shows how to get which queue is scheduled by t-cont
0.
RTK.0> pon get t-cont 0 queue-list
queue 0 :O
queue 1 :O
queue 2 :O
queue 3 :O
queue 4 :O
queue 5 :O
queue 6 :O
queue 7
queue 8
queue 9
SFU Product

:O
:X
:X
Page 320 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 321 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon add t-cont
Description:
Use this command to apply pon queue setting to asic.
Syntax:
pon add t-cont t-cont queue-id queue-id
Parameter:
t-cont
queue-id

- GPON T-CONT id
- Queue id

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to set t-cont 0 queue 0~1 as follow
configurations.
Queue-id
0
1
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

SFU Product

schedule-type
Strict
WFQ

pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon

clear
set t-cont
set t-cont
set t-cont
set t-cont
add t-cont
clear
set t-cont
set t-cont
set t-cont
set t-cont
add t-cont

PIR/CIR
100/10
100/10

egress-drop-state
disable
disable

0
0
0
0
0

queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id

0
0
0
0
0

scheduling type strict
pir rate 100
cir rate 10
egress-drop state disable

0
0
0
0
0

queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id

1
1
1
1
1

scheduling type wfq
pir rate 100
cir rate 10
egress-drop state disable

Page 322 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon del t-cont
Description:
Use this command to remove queue from given t-cont scheduler.
Syntax:
pon del t-cont t-cont queue-id queue-id
Parameter:
t-cont
queue-id

- GPON T-CONT id
- Queue id

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to delete queue 0 from t-cont 0.
RTK.0> pon del t-cont 0 queue-id 0

SFU Product

Page 323 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon set llid
Description:
The PON port queue management is based on LLID, per llid have
8 queues. If the PON port is used as UTP port, please use llid
0 queue 0~7 to confgirate this port. This command set is buffer
mode, user muset call “pon add llid” to apply these seeting to
chip. For EPON mode please use “pon set llid” command
Syntax:
pon set llid llid queue-id queue-id  rate rate
pon set llid llid queue-id queue-id scheduling type
< strict | wfq >
pon set llid llid queue-id queue-id egress-drop state 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
t-cont
queue-id
cir
Pir
Rate
Strict
Wfq
Enable
Disable

- EPON llid
- Queue id
- Committed Information Rate,
- Peak Information rate
- The PIR and CIR rate unit 64Kbps
- The traffic schedule is based on strick
priority
- The traffic schedule is based on wfq
- Enable per queue egress drop
- Disable per queue egress drop

Examples:
This example shows how to set llid 0 queue 0~1 as follow
configurations.
Queue-id schedule-type PIR/CIR egress-drop-state
0
Strict
100/10
disable
1
WFQ
100/10
disable
RTK.0> pon clear
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 scheduling type strict
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 pir rate 100
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 cir rate 10
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 egress-drop state disable
RTK.0> pon add llid 0 queue-id 0
SFU Product

Page 324 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon

set llid
set llid
set llid
set llid
add llid
clear
set llid
set llid
set llid
set llid
add llid

0
0
0
0
0

queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id

0
0
0
0
0

scheduling type strict
pir rate 100
cir rate 10
egress-drop state disable

0
0
0
0
0

queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id

1
1
1
1
1

scheduling type wfq
pir rate 100
cir rate 10
egress-drop state disable

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 325 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon get llid
Description:
This command can get queue setting. The “pon get llid queue-list”
can get which queue is scheduled by this llid.
Syntax:
pon get llid llid queue-id queue-id
pon get llid llid queue-list

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
llid
queue-id
queue-list

- EPON llid
- Queue id
- Queue list for this t-cont

Examples:
This example shows how to get queue setting for llid queue 0.
RTK.0> pon get llid 0 queue-id 0
CIR:10
PIR:100
queue Type:strict
WFQ weight:1
Egress Drop:Disable

This example shows how to get which queue is scheduled by llid
0.
RTK.0> pon get llid 0 queue-list
queue 0 :O
queue 1 :O
queue 2 :O
queue 3 :O
queue 4 :O
queue 5 :O
queue 6 :O
queue 7 :O
queue 8 :X
queue 9 :X
queue 10 :X
SFU Product

Page 326 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue
queue

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X
:X

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 327 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon add llid
Description:
Use this command to apply pon queue setting to asic.
Syntax:
pon add llid llid queue-id queue-id
Parameter:
llid
queue-id

- EPON llid
- Queue id

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to set llid 0 queue 0~1 as follow
configurations.
Queue-id
0
1
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

SFU Product

schedule-type
Strict
WFQ

pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon
pon

clear
set llid
set llid
set llid
set llid
add llid
clear
set llid
set llid
set llid
set llid
add llid

PIR/CIR
100/10
100/10

egress-drop-state
disable
disable

0
0
0
0
0

queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id

0
0
0
0
0

scheduling type strict
pir rate 100
cir rate 10
egress-drop state disable

0
0
0
0
0

queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id
queue-id

1
1
1
1
1

scheduling type wfq
pir rate 100
cir rate 10
egress-drop state disable

Page 328 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon del llid
Description:
Use this command to remove queue from given llid scheduler.
Syntax:
pon del llid llid queue-id queue-id
Parameter:
llid
queue-id

-EPON llid
-Queue id

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to delete queue 0 from LLID 0.
RTK.0> pon del llid 0 queue-id 0

SFU Product

Page 329 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon clear
Description:
This command can clear contents of configured pon queue setting.
It is necessary to use this command before editing and adding
new queue to make sure the setting are wanted.
Syntax:
pon clear

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
none

Examples:
This example shows how to set llid 0 queue 0~1 as follow
configurations.
Queue-id schedule-type PIR/CIR egress-drop-state
0
Strict
100/10
disable
1
WFQ
100/10
disable
RTK.0> pon clear
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 scheduling type strict
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 pir rate 100
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 cir rate 10
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 0 egress-drop state disable
RTK.0> pon add llid 0 queue-id 0
RTK.0> pon clear
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 1 scheduling type wfq
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 1 pir rate 100
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 1 cir rate 10
RTK.0> pon set llid 0 queue-id 1 egress-drop state disable
RTK.0> pon add llid 0 queue-id 1

SFU Product

Page 330 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

pon reset
Description:
This command can reset all pon mac setting to default as “pon
init” was called. All queue will be remove from all t-cont or
llid.
Syntax:
pon reset

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to reset pon mac setting.
RTK.0> pon reset

SFU Product

Page 331 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.16.

Classfication commands

classf init
Description:
Classificatoin module initialization. It will delete all
classification entries.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
classf init
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to initialize classification module.
RTK.0> classf init
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 332 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf clear
Description:
Clear classification edit buffer. The edit buffer is used to
store settings of classification rule and action, and will be
applied by “classf add entry” command.
Syntax:
classf clear

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to clear classification edit buffer. It
must be used before a new classification entry is added.
RTK.0> classf clear
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 333 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf show
Description:
Show the edit buffer of classification rule
Syntax:
classf show
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to display edit buffer of classification
rule:
RTK.0> classf show
Not: Disable
direction: Upstream
Rule:
tag vid data: 1000
mask: 0xfff
Upstream action:
Stag action: No operation
Ctag action: No operation
SID action: ASSIGN to SID
Assign ID: 10
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 334 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set rule
Description:
Configure the edit buffer of classification rule
Syntax:
classf set rule direction 
classf set rule  data data mask mask

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
direction

upstream
downstream
tos-sid

tag-vid
tag-priority
internal-priority
svlan-bit
cvlan -bit
uni
ether-type
range-l4port
range-ip
hit-acl
wan-if
ipmc-bit
ip6mc-bit
igmp-bit
mld-bit
dei-cfi
data
mask

SFU Product

– specify the rule is applied to upstream or
downstream direction

– upstream configuration
– downstream configuration
- for upstream rule, this field specify to
tos, for downstream rule this field specify
to steam id
- specify to outer tag vid field
- specify to outer tag priority field
- specify to internal priority field
- specify to stag exist field
- specify to ctag exist field
- specify to ingress uni for downstream and
specify to egress uni for upstream
- specify to Ethernet type field
- layer4 port number range checking list
- ip range checking list
- acl matched index
- wan interface
- care field of ipv4 multicast packet
- care field of ipv6 multicast packe
- care field of igmp packet
- care field of mld packet
- dei or cfi field of tag
- the data value of each field
- the data mask of each field

Page 335 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Examples:
This example shows how to edit a classification downstream rule
for variant fields.
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
Not: Disable

clear
set rule
set rule
set rule
set rule
set rule
set rule
set rule
show

direction downstream
ether-type data 0x0800 mask 0xffff
cvlan-bit data 1 mask 1
svlan-bit data 1 mask 1
tag-vid data 1000 mask 0xfff
tag-priority data 5 mask 7
uni data 1 mask 7

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
direction: Downstream
Rule:
ether type data: 0x0800
mask: 0xffff
Rule:
s-bit data: 1
mask: 0x1
Rule:
c-bit data: 1
mask: 0x1
Rule:
tag vid data: 1000
mask: 0xfff
Rule:
tag priority data: 5
mask: 0x7
Rule:
UNI data: 1
mask: 0x7
Downstream action:
Stag action: No operation
Ctag action: No operation

Classf PRI action: Follow switch core
UNI action: No operation
UNI ports: none
SFU Product

Page 336 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 337 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set downstream-action
Description:
Configure the edit buffer of classification downstream action
Syntax:
classf set downstream-action svlan-act 
classf set downstream-action svlan-id-act assign vid
classf set downstream-action svlan-id-act  [vid]
classf set downstream-action svlan-priority-act assign
priority
classf set downstream-action svlan-priority-act  [priority]
classf set downstream-action cvlan-act 
classf set downstream-action cvlan-id-act assign vid
classf set downstream-action cvlan-id-act  [vid]
classf set downstream-action cvlan-priority-act assign
priority
classf set downstream-action cvlan-priority-act  [priority]
classf set downstream-action priority-act assign priority
classf set downstream-action priority-act follow-swcore
classf set downstream-action remark-dscp 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
svlan-act
nop
vs-tpid
c-tpid
del
transparent
sp2c
svlan-id-act
svlan-priority-ac
t
assign
SFU Product

–
–

specify the stag action
no operation
s-tagging with tpid in svlan configuration
s-tagging with 802.1Q tpid 0x8100
de-tagging vlan
vlan transparent configuration
specify from the sp2c table
specify the stag vid action

– specify the stag priority action
– specify assigned value
Page 338 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

copy-outer
copy-inner
vid
priority
internal-priority
cvlan-id-act
cvlan-priority-ac
t
ctag
priority-act
follow-swcore
lookup-table
remark-dscp
uni-forward-act
flood
forced
ports
all
none

–
–
–

specify from outer tag
specify from inner tag
specify the numeric VLAN identifier
priority configuration
spefify from switch internal priority
specify the ctag vid action
specify the ctag priority action

-

c-tagging
classification priority assign
follow switch normal decision
specify from lookup table
dscp remarking
egress forward configuration

-

flooding within assigned ports
forced forward to assigned ports
specified port list
specify all ports
specify no port

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to edit a classification downstream
action. Remove Stag. Assign Ctag with VID=100, priority=2.
Assign internal priority=5. And force forward to UNI 0.
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

classf
classf
classf
classf
classf
classf
classf
classf
classf
classf
classf

clear
set rule direction downstream
set rule ether-type data 0x0800 mask 0xffff
set rule cvlan-bit data 1 mask 1
set rule svlan-bit data 1 mask 1
set rule tag-vid data 1000 mask 0xfff
set rule tag-priority data 5 mask 7
set rule uni data 1 mask 7
set downstream-action svlan-act del
set downstream-action cvlan-act c-tag
set downstream-action cvlan-id-act assign 100

RTK.0> classf set downstream-action cvlan-priority-act assign
2
RTK.0> classf set downstream-action priority-act assign 5
SFU Product

Page 339 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> classf set downstream-action uni-forward-act forced port
0
RTK.0> classf show
Not: Disable
direction: Downstream
Rule:
ether type data: 0x0800
mask: 0xffff
Rule:
s-bit data: 1
mask: 0x1
Rule:
c-bit data: 1
mask: 0x1
Rule:
tag vid data: 1000
mask: 0xfff
Rule:
tag priority data: 5
mask: 0x7
Rule:
UNI data: 1
mask: 0x7
Downstream action:
Stag action: Delete
Ctag action: Tagging
Ctag VID action: Assign
Ctag VID: 100
Ctag PRI action: Assign
Ctag PRI: 2
Classf PRI action: Assign
CF PRI: 5
UNI action: Force forward
UNI ports: 0
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 340 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set upstream-action
Description:
Configure the edit buffer of classification upstream action
Syntax:
classf set upstream-action svlan-act 
classf set upstream-action svlan-id-act assign vid
classf set upstream-action svlan-id-act  [vid]
classf set upstream-action svlan-priority-act assign priority
classf set upstream-action svlan-priority-act  [priority]
classf set upstream-action cvlan-act 
classf set upstream-action cvlan-id-act assign vid
classf set upstream-action cvlan-id-act  [vid]
classf set upstream-action cvlan-priority -act assign priority
classf set upstream-action cvlan-priority-act  [priority]
classf set upstream-action priority-act assign priority
classf set upstream-action priority-act follow-swcore
classf set upstream-action sid-act  id
classf set upstream-action sid-act nop
classf set upstream-action statistic index
classf set upstream-action remark-dscp 
classf set upstream-action drop 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
svlan-act
nop
vs-tpid
c-tpid
del
transparent
svlan-id-act
svlan-priority-ac
t
SFU Product

–
-

specify the stag action
no operation
s-tagging with tpid in svlan configuration
s-tagging with 802.1Q tpid 0x8100
de-tagging vlan
vlan transparent configuration

– specify the stag vid action
– specify the stag priority action

Page 341 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

assign
copy-outer
copy-inner
vid
priority
internal-priority
cvlan-id-act
cvlan-priority-ac
t
ctag
c2s
priority-act
follow-swcore
sid-act
sid
qid
statistic
remark-dscp
drop
disable
enable

–
–
–
–

specify assigned value
specify from outer tag
specify from inner tag
specify the numeric VLAN identifier
priority configuration
spefify from switch internal priority
specify the ctag vid action
specify the ctag priority action

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
–

c-tagging
specify from the c2s table
classification priority assign
follow switch normal decision
specify the stream id action

–
-

stream id configuration
specify the numeric queue identifier
statistic counter configuration
dscp remarking
drop packet
disable configuration
enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to edit a classification upstream action.
Add Stag by VID 1000, priority copy from outer tag. Ctag
transparent. And assign stream-ID to 1.
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
copy-outer

clear
set rule direction upstream
set rule svlan-bit data 0 mask 1
set rule cvlan-bit data 1 mask 1
set rule tag-vid data 100 mask 0xfff
set upstream-action svlan-act vs-tpid
set upstream-action svlan-id-act assign 1000
set upstream-action svlan-priority-act

RTK.0> classf set upstream-action cvlan-act transparent
RTK.0> classf set upstream-action sid-act sid 1
RTK.0> classf show
SFU Product

Page 342 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Not: Disable
direction: Upstream
Rule:
c-bit data: 0
mask: 0x1
Rule:
s-bit data: 1
mask: 0x1
Rule:
tag vid data: 100
mask: 0xfff
Upstream action:
Stag action: VS_TPID
Stag VID action: Assign
Stag VID: 1000
Stag PRI action: Copy from 1st tag
Stag PRI: 0
Ctag action: Transparent
SID action: ASSIGN to SID
Assign ID: 1
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 343 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf add entry
Description:
Add the classification entry according to the edit buffer of rule
and upsteam/downstream action
Syntax:
classf add entry index
Parameter:
index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
– specify the entry index

Examples:
This example shows how to add a classification entry in detail.
Including edit buffer of rule and downstream action.
RTK.0> classf clear
RTK.0> classf set rule direction downstream
RTK.0> classf set rule ether-type data 0x0800 mask 0xffff
RTK.0> classf set rule cvlan-bit data 1 mask 1
RTK.0> classf set rule svlan-bit data 1 mask 1
RTK.0> classf set rule tag-vid data 1000 mask 0xfff
RTK.0> classf set rule tag-priority data 5 mask 7
RTK.0> classf set rule uni data 1 mask 7
RTK.0> classf set downstream-action svlan-act del
RTK.0> classf set downstream-action cvlan-act c-tag
RTK.0> classf set downstream-action cvlan-id-act assign 100
RTK.0> classf set downstream-action cvlan-priority-act assign
2
RTK.0> classf set downstream-action priority-act assign 5
RTK.0> classf set downstream-action uni-forward-act forced port
0
RTK.0> classf add entry 0
RTK.0>
RTK.0> classf get entry 0
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
direction: Downstream
databit: 0x4519-801f-0800
carebit: 0xff1f-807f-ffff

SFU Product

Page 344 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Downstream action:
Stag action: Delete
Ctag action: Tagging
Ctag VID action: Assign
Ctag VID: 100
Ctag PRI action: Assign
Ctag PRI: 2
Classf PRI action: Assign
CF PRI: 5
UNI action: Force forward
UNI ports: 0
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 345 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get entry
Description:
Show the raw data of classification entry
Syntax:
classf get entry index
Parameter:
index

– specify the entry index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to display classification entry:
RTK.0> classf get entry 0
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
direction: Downstream
databit: 0x4519-801f-0800
carebit: 0xff1f-807f-ffff
Downstream action:
Stag action: Delete
Ctag action: Tagging
Ctag VID action: Assign
Ctag VID: 100
Ctag PRI action: Assign
Ctag PRI: 2
Classf PRI action: Assign
CF PRI: 5
UNI action: Force forward
UNI ports: 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 346 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf del entry
Description:
Delete the classification entry
Syntax:
classf del entry index
classf del entry all
Parameter:
index
all

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
– specify the entry index
- all entries

Examples:
This example shows how to del a classification entry
RTK.0> classf del entry 0

SFU Product

Page 347 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set operation
Description:
Configuration the operation mode as hit or not hit for upstream
or downstream rule
Syntax:
classf set operation entry index  < hit
| not >

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
index
upstream
downstream
hit
not

–
–
–
–

specify the entry index
upstream configuration
downstream configuration
hit operation

– reverse operation

Examples:
This example shows how to configure a downstream classification
entry as hit operation
RTK.0> classf set operation entry 0 downstream hit

SFU Product

Page 348 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get operation
Description:
Get the operation mode for upstream or downstream rule
Syntax:
classf get entry index
Parameter:
index

– specify the entry index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to display a classification entry
operation
RTK.0> classf get entry 0
Valid: Valid
Not: Disable
direction: Downstream
databit: 0x4519-801f-0800
carebit: 0xff1f-807f-ffff
Downstream action:
Stag action: Delete
Ctag action: Tagging
Ctag VID action: Assign
Ctag VID: 100
Ctag PRI action: Assign
Ctag PRI: 2
Classf PRI action: Assign
CF PRI: 5
UNI action: Force forward
UNI ports: 0

SFU Product

Page 349 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set cf-sel-port
Description:
Configuration PON port or RGMII port as the classification
uplink port
Syntax:
classf set cf-sel-port  
Parameter:
pon
rg
disable
enable

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
–
-

pon port configuration
rg port configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to enable PON port as classification
uplink port
RTK.0> classf set cf-sel-port pon enable

SFU Product

Page 350 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get cf-sel-port
Description:
Get the state of classification uplink port selection.
Syntax:
classf get cf-sel-port
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to display a classification uplink port
selection
RTK.0> classf get cf-sel-port
Cf select port: PON enabled
Cf select port: RGMII disabled

SFU Product

Page 351 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set upstream-unmatch-act
Description:
Configuration classification upstream unmatch action
Syntax:
classf set upstream-unmatch-act 
Parameter:
drop
permit
permit-without-pon

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
– drop packet
– forward packet
- forward packet exclude pon port

Examples:
This example shows how to configure upstream unmatch action as
drop
RTK.0> classf set upstream-unmatch-act drop

SFU Product

Page 352 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get upstream-unmatch-act
Description:
Get the classification upstream unmatch action
Syntax:
classf get upstream-unmatch-act
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to display a classification upstream
unmatch action
RTK.0> classf get upstream-unmatch-act
Upstream un-match action: Drop

SFU Product

Page 353 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set permit-sel-range
Description:
Set classification entry range selection for upstream unmatch
action. There are two options, one is for entry range 0-511, and
the other is for entry range 64-511.
Syntax:
classf set permit-sel-range < 0to511 | 64to511>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
0to511
64to511

– checking from rule 0 to rule 511
– checking from rule 64 to rule 511

Examples:
This example shows how to configure entry rang selection to
64-511.
RTK.0> classf set permit-sel-range 64to511

SFU Product

Page 354 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get permit-sel-range
Description:
This command can use to get classification entry range selection
for upstream unmatch action. There are two options, one is for
entry range 0-511, and the other is for entry range 64-511.
Syntax:
classf get us-unmatch-act

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to display the classification entry rang
selection

RTK.0> classf get permit-sel-range
Permit range from 64 to 511

SFU Product

Page 355 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set remarking dscp
Description:
Set DSCP remarking for classification DSCP_remarking action
used.
Syntax:
classf set remarking dscp priority priority dscp dscp
Parameter:
priority
dscp

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- priority configuration
- dscp configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to configure classification DSCP
remarking as priority 0 mapping to dscp 7,
to dscp 15, priority 2 mapping to dscp 23,
to dscp 31, priority 4 mapping to dscp 39,
to dscp 47, priority 6 mapping to dscp 55,
to dscp 63

priority
priority
priority
priority

RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

SFU Product

classf
classf
classf
classf
classf
classf
classf
classf

set
set
set
set
set
set
set
set

remarking
remarking
remarking
remarking
remarking
remarking
remarking
remarking

dscp
dscp
dscp
dscp
dscp
dscp
dscp
dscp

priority
priority
priority
priority
priority
priority
priority
priority

Page 356 / 529

dscp
dscp
dscp
dscp
dscp
dscp
dscp
dscp

1
3
5
7

mapping
mapping
mapping
mapping

7
15
23
31
39
47
55
63

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get remarking dscp
Description:
Get classification DSCP remarking.
Syntax:
classf get remarking dscp
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to display a classification DSCP
remarking table
RTK.0> classf get remarking dscp
CF_priority DSCP
0
7
1
15
2
23
3
31
4
39
5
47
6
55
7
63

SFU Product

Page 357 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set range-ip
Description:
Set classification IP range for classification range-ip rule
Syntax:
classf set range-ip entry index type 
classf set range-ip entry index low-bound low_bound_ip up-bound
up_bound_ip

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
index
type
dip
sip
low-bound
up-bound

-

specified entry index
ip range type
destination ipv4 address
source ipv4 address

- low bound range
- high bound range

Examples:
This example shows how to configure a upstream rule for source
IP range 10.1.1.1 to 10.1.2.2
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
RTK.0> classf
10.1.2.2

SFU Product

clear
set rule direction upstream
set rule range-ip data 0 mask 0x7
set upstream-action sid-act sid 0
add entry 0
set range-ip entry 0 type sip
set range-ip entry 0 low-bound 10.1.1.1 up-bound

Page 358 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get range-ip
Description:
Get classification IP range setting by specific entry index
Syntax:
classf get range-ip entry index
Parameter:
index

- specified entry index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to display classification IP range
setting
RTK.0> classf get range-ip entry 0
Range check of IP address
Index: 0 Upper: 10.1.2.2 Lower: 10.1.1.1 Type: Ipv4 Sip

SFU Product

Page 359 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set range-l4port
Description:
Set classification L4 port range for classification
range-l4port rule
Syntax:
classf set range-l4port entry index type 
classf set range-l4port entry index low-bound l4lport up-bound
l4uport

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
index
type
src-port
dst-port
low-bound
up-bound

- specified entry index
- ip range type
- source port number

- destination port number
- low bound range
- high bound range

Examples:
This example shows how to configure a upstream rule for L4 source
port range from 2000 to 3000
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
3000

SFU Product

classf
classf
classf
classf
classf
classf
classf

clear
set rule direction upstream
set rule range-l4port data 0 mask 0x7
set upstream-action sid-act sid 0
add entry 0
set range-l4port entry 0 type src-port
set range-l4port entry 0 low-bound 2000 up-bound

Page 360 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get range-l4port
Description:
Get classification L4 port range setting by specific entry index
Syntax:
classf get range-l4port entry index
Parameter:
index

- specified entry index

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to display classification L4 port range
setting
RTK.0> classf get range-l4port entry 0
Range check of L4 port
Index: 0 Upper: 3000 Lower: 2000 Type: Source Port

SFU Product

Page 361 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf set us-1p-remark-prior
Description:
For upstream 802.1P remarking, it decide whether ACL action or
classification action is high priority.
Syntax:
classf set us-1p-remark-prior < cf | acl >
Parameter:
cf
acl

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- classification is high priority
- ACL is high priority

Examples:
This example shows how to configure a upstream 1P remark as ACL
take high priority than classification

RTK.0> classf set us-1p-remark-prior acl

SFU Product

Page 362 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

classf get us-1p-remark-prior
Description:
For upstream 802.1P remarking, it decide whether ACL action or
classification action is high priority.
Syntax:
classf get range-l4port entry index
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to display 802.1P remark decision for ACL
and classification.
RTK.0> classf get us-1p-remark-prior
ACL prior than CF

SFU Product

Page 363 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.17.

GPON commands

gpon init
Description:
Initialize GPON module. It must be called before any GPON
function.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
gpon init
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to initialize GPON module.
RTK.0> gpon init
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 364 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon deinitial
Description:
Deitialize GPON module.
Syntax:
gpon deinitial
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to deinitialize GPON module.
RTK.0> gpon deinitial
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 365 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set serial-number
Description:
Configure the serial number. It contain 4 bytes verdor ID, and
4 bytes serial number. It must be called before GPON activate
command.
Syntax:
gpon set serial-number vendor_id serial_number

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
vendor_id

serial_number

– specify the verdor ID, it is string
format.
- specify serial number, it is hex format.

Examples:
This example shows how to configure serial number.
RTK.0> gpon set serial-number real 0x98765432
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 366 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get serial-number
Description:
Get the serial number.
Syntax:
gpon get serial-number
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get serial number.
RTK.0> gpon get serial-number
serial number: real 0x98765432
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 367 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set password
Description:
Configure the serial number. It contain 10 bytes password. It
must be called before GPON activate command.
Syntax:
gpon set password password
Parameter:
password

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

– specify the password, it is string format.

Examples:
This example shows how to configure password.
RTK.0> gpon set password aaaaaaaaaa
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 368 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get password
Description:
Get the password.
Syntax:
gpon get password
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get password.
RTK.0> gpon get password
password: aaaaaaaaaa
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 369 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon activate
Description:
Activate GPON module. After gpon activate, the GPON module will
do ranging process.
Syntax:
gpon activate init-state < o1 | o7 >
Parameter:
o1

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
o7

– specify the intial state to o1 state for
ranging process.
– specify the intial state to o7 state for
ranging process.

Examples:
This example shows how to activate GPON.
RTK.0> gpon activate init-state o1
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 370 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon deactivate
Description:
Deactivate GPON module. After gpon deactivate, it will issue
dying gasp messages.
Syntax:
gpon deactivate
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to deactivate GPON.
RTK.0> gpon deactivate
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 371 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get onu-state
Description:
Get the ONU status of ranging process.
Syntax:
gpon get onu-state
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get ONU status.
RTK.0> gpon get onu-state
ONU state: Initial State(O1)
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 372 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get alarm-status
Description:
Get the ONU alarm status. It includes LOS alarm, LOF alarm and
LOM alarm.
Syntax:
gpon get alarm-status
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get ONU alarm status. Clear means no
alarm, and occur means alarm issued.
RTK.0> gpon get alarm-status
Alarm LOS, status: clear
Alarm LOF, status: occur
Alarm LOM, status: occur
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 373 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set active-timer
Description:
Configure the timers used in raning process. It includes to1
imter and to2 timer. It must be called before GPON activate
command.
Syntax:
gpon set active-timer to1 to1_timer to2_timer

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
to1_timer
to2_timer

- specify the value of to1 timer
- specify the value of to2 timer

Examples:
This example shows how to configure to1 timer and to2 timer.
RTK.0> gpon set active-timer to1 10000 to2 200
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 374 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get active-timer
Description:
Disaply the active timer including to1 and to2.
Syntax:
gpon get active-timer
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to display to1 and to2 timer:
RTK.0> gpon get active-timer
to1 timer: 10000 ms
to2 timer: 200 ms
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 375 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set ds-laser
Description:
Configure downstream optical parameters. It must be called
before GPON activate command.
Syntax:
gpon set ds-laser < opt_los | cdr_los > state < enable | disable
> polarity < high | low >
gpon set ds-laser los_holdover < enable | disable >

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
opt_los
cdr_los
enable
disable
high
low

los_holdover
enable
disable

– specify the optical LOS input.
– specify the CDR LOS input.
- specify to enable LOS input

- specify to disable LOS input
– specify the polarity of LOS input is high
active
– specify the polarity of LOS input is low
active
– LOS will only be raised after being stable
for more than 1ms.
– specify to enable los_holdover function
– specify to disable los_holdover function

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the downstream optical
parameters including OPT LOS state, polarity, and LOS holdover
function.
RTK.0> gpon set ds-laser opt_los state enable polarity low
RTK.0> gpon set ds-laser los_holdover disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 376 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set ds-phy
Description:
Configure downstream physical parameters. It must be called
before GPON activate command.
Syntax:
gpon set ds-phy descramble < enable | disable >
gpon set ds-phy fec-state < enable | disable > fec-threshold
threshold

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
descramble
enable
disable
fec-state
enable
disable

fec-threshold

threshold

– specify the descramble function.
– enable descramble function.
– disable descramble function.

- specify FEC function
– enable downstream FEC correction
function.
– disable downstream FEC correction even
when DS FEC encoding is enabled. The
encoded parity bytes are ignored and the
data will be passed to following
processing modules.
– D/S FEC status detection threshold,
number of GPON frames. By default, it
should be set to 1.
– specify the value of FEC threshold

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the downstream physical
parameters including descramble, and downstream FEC functions.
RTK.0> gpon set ds-phy descramble enable
RTK.0> gpon set ds-phy fec-state enable fec-threshold 1
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 377 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set ds-ploam
Description:
Configure downstream PLOAM parameters. It must be called before
GPON activate command.
Syntax:
gpon set ds-ploam < drop-crc-error | filter-onuid |
accept-broadcast > < enable | disable >

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
drop-crc-error

filter-onuid
accept-broadcast
enable
disable

- specify to dropping or accept received
PLOAMd messages with CRC error.
(counters will be increased)
– ONU_ID filtering for downstream PLOAM
– Accept broadcast PLOAMd messages
– enable downstream PLOAM function
– disable downstream PLOAM function

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the downstream PLOAM
parameters including drop CRC error packet, filter ONU-ID, and
accept broadcast functions.
RTK.0> gpon set ds-ploam drop-crc-error enable
RTK.0> gpon set ds-ploam filter-onuid enable
RTK.0> gpon set ds-ploam accept-broadcast enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 378 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set ds-bwmap
Description:
Configure downstream BWMAP parameters. It must be called before
GPON activate command.
Syntax:
gpon set ds-bwmap < drop-crc-error | filter-onuid | strict-plen
> < enable | disable >

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
drop-crc-error
filter-onuid
strict-plen

enable

disable

- specify to dropping or accept received
BWMAP with CRC error
– accept BWMap items matching
provisioned T-CONTs
– process received PLENd in strict mode
or standard mode. If set to enable, only
2 usable matching PLENd structures are
accepted. If set to disable, processing
in standard mode.
– enable related downstream BWMAP
function
– disable related downstream BWMAP
function

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the downstream PLOAM
parameters including drop CRC error packet, filter ONU-ID, and
strict PLEN functions.
RTK.0> gpon set ds-bwmap drop-crc-error enable
RTK.0> gpon set ds-bwmap filter-onuid enable
RTK.0> gpon set ds-bwmap strict-plen disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 379 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set ds-gem
Description:
Configure downstream GEM parameters. It must be called before
GPON activate command.
Syntax:
gpon set ds-gem assembly-threshold threshold
Parameter:
assembly-threshold

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
threshold

- specify number of GPON frames for
assembly timeout threshold. The unit is
125us.
– specify the threshold value

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the downstream GEM assembly
threshold parameters.
RTK.0> gpon set ds-gem assembly-threshold 16
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 380 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set ds-eth
Description:
Configure downstream Ethernet parameters. It must be called
before GPON activate command.
Syntax:
gpon set ds-eth drop-crc-error < enable | disable >
gpon set ds-eth pti-pettern pettern pti-mask mask

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
drop-crc-error
enable

disable
pettern
mask

- specify dropping received Ethernet
packet with CRC error
– enable drop received Ethernet packet
with CRC error
– disable drop received Ethernet packet
with CRC error
- PTI pattern for Ethernet fragments.
- PTI mask for Ethernet fragments.

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the downstream Ethernet
parameter, including drop CRC error frame, and PTI setting.
RTK.0> gpon set ds-eth drop-crc-error enable
RTK.0> gpon set ds-eth pti-pettern 0x1 pti-mask 0x1
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 381 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set ds-omci
Description:
Configure downstream OMCI parameters. It must be called before
GPON activate command.
Syntax:
gpon set ds-omci pti-pettern pettern pti-mask mask
Parameter:
pettern
mask

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- PTI pattern for OMCI fragments.
- PTI mask for OMCI fragments.

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the downstream OMCI PTI
parameter.

RTK.0> gpon set ds-omci pti-pettern 0x5 pti-mask 0x5
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 382 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get ds parameters
Description:
Get downstream parameters.
Syntax:
gpon get < ds-laser | ds-phy | ds-ploam | ds-bwmap | ds-gem |
ds-eth | ds-omci >
Parameter:
ds-laser
ds-phy
ds-ploam
ds-bwmap
ds-gem

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
ds-eth
ds-omci

-

get
get
get
get
get

downstream
downstream
downstream
downstream
downstream

optical parameter.
physical parameter.
PLOAM parameter.
BWMAP parameter.
GEM parameter.

- get downstream ethernet parameter.
- get downstream OMCI parameter.

Examples:
This example shows how to display the parameters of downstream
optical, physical, PLOAM, BWMAP, GEM, Ethernet, and OMCI.
RTK.0> gpon get ds-laser
OPT LOS state: enable
OPT LOS polarity: high
CDR LOS state: disable
CDR LOS polarity: low
LOS holdover: disable
RTK.0>
RTK.0> gpon get ds-phy
Descramble: enable
FEC state: enable
FEC threshold: 0
RTK.0>
RTK.0> gpon get ds-ploam
Accept broadcast: enable
Drop CRC error: enable
Filter ONU-ID: enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 383 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> gpon get ds-bwmap
Drop CRC error: enable
Filter ONU-ID: enable
Strict PLENd: disable
RTK.0>
RTK.0> gpon get ds-gem
Assembly threshold: 16
RTK.0>
RTK.0> gpon get ds-eth
Drop CRC error: enable
PTI pattern: 0x1
PTI mask: 0x1
RTK.0>
RTK.0> gpon get ds-omci
PTI pattern: 0x1
PTI mask: 0x1
RTK.0>

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 384 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set us-laser
Description:
Configure upstream optical parameters. It must be called before
GPON activate command.
Syntax:
gpon set us-laser on-offset on_offset off-offset off_offset
Parameter:
on_offset
off_offset

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
– specify the laser on offset
– specify the laser off offset

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the upstream optical
parameters including laser-on and laser-off offset.
RTK.0> gpon set us-laser on-offset 40 off-offset 30
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 385 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set us-phy
Description:
Configure upstream physical parameters. It must be called before
GPON activate command.
Syntax:
gpon set us-phy scramble < enable | disable >
gpon set us-phy burst-polarity < high | low >
gpon set us-phy auto-sstart < enable | disable >

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
gpon set us-phy suppress-laser < enable | disable >

Parameter:
scramble
enable
disable
burst-polarity
high
low
auto-sstart
enable
disable
suppress-laser

enable
disable

– specify the upstream scramble function.
– enable scramble function.

– disable scramble function.
- specify burst enable polarity
– set burst enable polarity to high.
– set burst enable polarity to low.
– Process Small SSTART (< BOH LEN)
automatically
– enable auto-sstart function.
– disable auto-sstart function.
– suppressing laser when ONT is outside of
state 3, 4 and 5
– enable suppress-laser function.
– disable suppress-laser function.

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the upstream physical
parameters including scramble, burst-enable polarity, auto and
downstream FEC functions.
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

gpon
gpon
gpon
gpon

set
set
set
set

us-phy
us-phy
us-phy
us-phy

scramble enable
burst_polarity low
suppress_laser enable
auto_sstart enable

RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 386 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set us-ploam
Description:
Configure upstream PLOAM parameters. It must be called before
GPON activate command.
Syntax:
gpon set us-ploam state < enable | disable >
Parameter:
enable
disable

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- sending normal upstream PLOAM
– always sending no_msg PLOAM

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the upstream PLOAM function
to send normal PLOAM.

RTK.0> gpon set us-ploam state enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 387 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set us-dbr
Description:
Configure upstream DBA report function. It must be called before
GPON activate command.
Syntax:
gpon set us-dbr state < enable | disable >
Parameter:
enable

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
disable

– enable upstream DBA report function
– disable upstream DBA report function
If DBRu is requested by BWMAP, all ‘0’
will be sent.

Examples:
This example shows how to enable the upstream DBA report
function.
RTK.0> gpon set us-dbr state enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 388 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get us parameters
Description:
Get upstream parameters.
Syntax:
gpon get < us-laser | us-phy | us-ploam | us-dbr >
Parameter:
us-laser
us-phy
us-ploam
ds-dbr

-

get
get
get
get

upstream
upstream
upstream
upstream

optical parameter.
physical parameter.
PLOAM parameter.
DBR parameter.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to display the parameters of upstream
optical, physical, PLOAM, and DBR.
RTK.0> gpon get us-laser
Laser-on offset: 40
Laser-off offset: 30
RTK.0>
RTK.0> gpon get us-phy
Scramble: enable
burst-enable polarity: low
Auto-sstart: enable
Suppressing laser: enable
RTK.0>
RTK.0> gpon get us-ploam
PLOAMu state: enable
RTK.0>
RTK.0> gpon get us-dbr
DBRu state: enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 389 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon add tcont alloc-id
Description:
Add a tcont entry by alloc-ID.
Syntax:
gpon add tcont alloc-id id
Parameter:
id

– the alloc-ID value, from 0 to 4095

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to add a tcont entry for alloc-ID 1000.
RTK.0> gpon add tcont alloc-id 1000

Add alloc_id 1000, return TCONT_id=0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 390 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon del tcont alloc-id
Description:
Delete a tcont entry by alloc-ID.
Syntax:
gpon del tcont alloc-id id
Parameter:
id

– the alloc-ID value, from 0 to 4095

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to delete a tcont entry by alloc-ID 1000.
RTK.0> gpon del tcont alloc-id 1000
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 391 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get tcont alloc-id
Description:
Get a tcont entry by alloc-ID.
Syntax:
gpon get tcont alloc-id id
Parameter:
id

– the alloc-ID value, from 0 to 4095

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get a tcont entry by alloc-ID 1000.
RTK.0> gpon get tcont alloc-id 1000
alloc_id: 1000, TCONT_id 0:
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 392 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon show tcont
Description:
Display the added tcont entries.
Syntax:
gpon show tcont
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to display whole tcont entries.
RTK.0> gpon show tcont

============================================================
GPON ONU MAC TCONT Status
TCont ID | Alloc ID | Physical | Logical | Type
0 |
1000 |
* |
* |
3
1 |
2000 |
* |
* |
3
2 |
3000 |
* |
* |
3
============================================================
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 393 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon add ds-flow flow-id
Description:
Add a downstream flow entry by flow-ID.
Syntax:
gpon add ds-flow flow-id id gem-port gem < ether | OMCI >
[ multicast ] [ aes ]
Parameter:
id
gem
ether

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
OMCI

multicast
aes

– the flow-ID value, from 0 to 127
– the GEM port value, from 0 to 4095
– specify the flow is used for Ethernet
packet
– specify the flow is used for OMCI
packet
– specify the flow is used for multicast
packet
– specify the flow is AES encryption

Examples:
This example shows how to add a downstream flow for flow-ID 0,
GEM port 1000, Ethernet type, and no encryption.
RTK.0> gpon add ds-flow flow-id 0 gem-port 1000 ether
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 394 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon del ds-flow flow-id
Description:
Delete a downstream flow entry by alloc-ID.
Syntax:
gpon del ds-flow flow-id id
Parameter:
id

– the flow-ID value, from 0 to 127

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to delete a downstream flow by flow-ID
0.
RTK.0> gpon del ds-flow flow-id 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 395 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get ds-flow flow-id
Description:
Display the downstream flow entry by flow-ID.
Syntax:
gpon get ds-flow flow-id id
Parameter:
id

– the flow-ID value, from 0 to 127

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to display the downstream flow entry by
flow-ID 0.
RTK.0> gpon get ds-flow flow-id 0
flow_id gem_port type multicast
======= ======== ==== =========
0
1000
ETH
no
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 396 / 529

AES
===
no

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon show ds-flow
Description:
Display the added downstream flow entries.
Syntax:
gpon show ds-flow
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to display whole downstream flow entries.
RTK.0> gpon show ds-flow

============================================================
GPON ONU MAC D/S Flow Status
Flow ID | GEM Port | Type | Multicast | AES
0 |
1000 | ETH |
|
1 |
1001 | ETH |
|
2 |
1002 | ETH |
|
============================================================
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 397 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon add us-flow flow-id
Description:
Add a upstream flow entry by flow-ID.
Syntax:
gpon add us-flow flow-id id gem-port gem < ether | OMCI >
Parameter:
id
gem
ether

– the flow-ID value, from 0 to 127
– the GEM port value, from 0 to 4095
– specify the flow is used for Ethernet
packet
– specify the flow is used for OMCI
packet

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
OMCI

Examples:
This example shows how to add a upstream flow for flow-ID 0, GEM
port 1000, Ethernet type.
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

SFU Product

gpon add us-flow flow-id 0 gem-port 1000 ether

Page 398 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon del us-flow flow-id
Description:
Delete a upstream flow entry by alloc-ID.
Syntax:
gpon del us-flow flow-id id
Parameter:
id

– the flow-ID value, from 0 to 127

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to delete a upstream flow by flow-ID 1.
RTK.0> gpon del us-flow flow-id 0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 399 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get us-flow flow-id
Description:
Display the upstream flow entry by flow-ID.
Syntax:
gpon get us-flow flow-id id
Parameter:
id

– the flow-ID value, from 0 to 127

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to display the upstream flow entry by
flow-ID 1.
RTK.0> gpon get us-flow flow-id 0
flow_id gem_port type
======= ======== ====
0
1000
ETH
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 400 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon show us-flow
Description:
Display the added upstream flow entries.
Syntax:
gpon show us-flow
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to display whole upstream flow entries.
RTK.0> gpon show us-flow

============================================================
GPON ONU MAC U/S Flow Status
Flow ID | GEM Port | Type | TCont | Channel | OMCI
0 |
1000 | ETH |
0 |
16 |
1 |
1001 | ETH |
0 |
16 |
============================================================
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 401 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon add multicast-filter-entry
Description:
Add a multicast filter entry.
Syntax:
gpon add multicast-filter-entry mac-address mac
Parameter:
mac

– the multicast MAC address, the format
is xx:xx:aa:bb:cc:dd. Only the LSB 32
bits aa:bb:cc:dd are used for filtering
MAC DA.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to add a multicast filter entry for MAC
address 01:00:5e:01:02:03.
RTK.0> gpon add multicast-filter-entry mac-address
01:00:5e:01:02:03
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 402 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon del multicast-filter-entry
Description:
Delete a multicast filter entry.

Syntax:
gpon del multicast-filter-entry mac-address mac
Parameter:
mac

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

– the multicast MAC address, the format
is xx:xx:aa:bb:cc:dd.

Examples:
This example shows how to delete a multicast filter entry by MAC
address 01:00:5e:01:02:03.

RTK.0> gpon del multicast-filter-entry mac-address
01:00:5e:01:02:03
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 403 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get multicast-filter-entry
Description:
Display the multicast filter entry by index.
Syntax:
gpon get multicast-filter-entry index index
Parameter:
index

– the multicast filter table index, from
0 to 255

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to display the multicast filter entry by
index.
RTK.0> gpon get multicast-filter-entry index 0
Index | MAC Address
0 | 01-00-5e-01-02-03
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 404 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon show multicast-filter-entry
Description:
Display the whole multicast filter table entries.
Syntax:
gpon show multicast-filter-entry
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to display whole multicast filter table
entries.
RTK.0> gpon show multicast-filter-entry
============================================================
GPON ONU MAC Multicast MAC Filter Table
Index | MAC Address
0 | 01-00-5e-01-02-03
============================================================
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 405 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set multicast-filter
Description:
Configure multicast filter parameters.
Syntax:
gpon set multicast-filter < broadcast-pass | non-multicast-pass
> < enable | disable >
gpon set multicast-filter < prefix-ipv4 | prefix-ipv6 > prefix
gpon set multicast-filter < force-ipv4 | force-ipv6 > < pass |
drop | normal >
gpon set multicast-filter filter-mode < include | exclude >

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
broadcast-pass
non-multicast-pass
enable
disable
prefix-ipv4
prefix-ipv6
prefix

force-ipv4
force-ipv6
pass
drop
normal
filter-mode
include

exclude

– specify bypass broadcast packet

– specify bypass non-multicast flow
packet
– specify to enable function
– specify to disable function
– specify multicast IPv4 prefix field
– specify multicast IPv6 prefix field
– specify the prefix value. For IPv4, it
is 3 bytes; for IPv6, it is 2 bytes.
– specify multicast IPv4 force mode
– specify multicast IPv6 force mode
– specify to force bypass
– specify to force drop
– specify to non force mode
– specify multicast filter mode for
multicast filter table entry
– specify to include mode, it means the
DA MAC match to any entry in multicast
filter table.
– specify to exclude mode, it means the
DA MAC not match to any entry in
multicast filter table.

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the parameters of multicast
filter function. Set broadcast packet and non-multicast flow to
SFU Product

Page 406 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

by pass check. Set multicast IPv4 prefix to 0x01005E, and IPv6
to 0x3333. Set non force mode for IPv4/6 multicast. And set
filter mode to include mode.
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

gpon
gpon
gpon
gpon
gpon
gpon
gpon

set
set
set
set
set
set
set

multicast-filter
multicast-filter
multicast-filter
multicast-filter
multicast-filter
multicast-filter
multicast-filter

broadcast-pass enable
non-multicast-pass enable
prefix-ipv4 0x01005e
prefix-ipv6 0x3333
force-ipv4 normal
force-ipv6 normal
filter-mode include

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

SFU Product

Page 407 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get multicast-filter
Description:
Display the multicast filter parameters.
Syntax:
gpon get multicast-filter
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get multicast filter parameters.
RTK.0> gpon get multicast-filter
Broadcast bypass enable
Non-multicast bypass enable
Ipv4 prefix 0x01005e
Ipv6 prefix 0x3333
Ipv4 force mode Normal
Ipv6 force mode Normal
Filter mode Including
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 408 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set tx
Description:
Configure transmit laser force mode.
Syntax:
gpon set tx-laser < force-on | force-off | normal >
gpon set tx-force-idle < enable | disable >
Parameter:
tx-laser
force-on
force-off
normal
tx-force-idle

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
enable
disable

–
–
–
–
–

specify
specify
specify
specify
specify

transmit laser force mode
to force on
to force on
to non force mode
force transmit Idle pattern

– enable force transmit Idle pattern
– disable force transmit Idle pattern

Examples:
This example shows how to configure transmit laser to force send
Idle pattern.
RTK.0> gpon set tx-laser force-on
RTK.0> gpon set tx-force-idle enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 409 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get tx
Description:
Get transmit laser force mode.
Syntax:
gpon get tx
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to display transmit laser mode.
RTK.0> gpon get tx

TX laser mode: Force on
TX force Idle: enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 410 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon show counter global
Description:
Show global counters.
Syntax:
gpon show counter global ( active | ds-phy | ds-plm | ds-bw |
ds-gem | ds-eth | ds-omci | us-phy | us-dbr | us-plm | us-gem | us-eth
| us-omci )

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
active
ds-phy

ds-plm
ds-bw

ds-gem

ds-eth

ds-omci

us-phy
us-dbr
us-plm

us-gem
SFU Product

– specify
including
– specify
counters,

the activation counters,
SN_Req and Ranging_Req
the downstream physical
including BIP, FEC,

superframe los, and PLEN fail.
– specify the downstream PLOAM
counters.
– specify the downstream BWMAP
counters.
– specify the downstream GEM counters,
including LOS, Idle, non_Idle, HEC,
over_interleaving, length mismatch,
and multiple flow match.
– specify the downstream ethernet
counters, including unicast,
multicast, forward multicast, leak
multicast, and FCS error.
– specify the downstream OMCI counters,
including total, CRC error, drop, and
processed.
– specify the upstream physical
counters, including tx BOH.
– specify the upstream DBR counters,
including tx DBRu.
– specify the upstream PLOAM counters,
including total, processed, urgent,
processed urgent, normal, process
normal, SN, and Nomsg.
– specify the upstream GEM counters,
Page 411 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

us-eth
us-omci

including block, and byte.
– specify the upstream ethernet
counters, including aborted packet.
– specify the upstream OMCI counters,
including processed OMCI.

Examples:
This example shows how to display global counters.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

RTK.0> gpon show counter global active
============================================================
GPON ONU MAC Device Counter: Activation
SN Req
: 0
Ranging Req
: 0
RTK.0>
RTK.0> gpon show counter global ds-phy
============================================================
GPON ONU MAC Device Counter: DS PHY
BIP Error bits : 0
BIP Error blocks: 0
FEC Correct bits: 0
FEC Correct bytes: 0
FEC Correct codewords: 0
FEC codewords Uncor: 65536
Superframe LOS : 0
PLEN fail
: 0
RTK.0>
RTK.0> gpon show counter global ds-plm
============================================================
GPON ONU MAC Device Counter: DS PLOAM
Total RX PLOAMd
: 1
CRC Err RX PLOAM
: 0
Corrected RX PLOAMd: 1
Proc RX PLOAMd
: 0
Overflow Rx PLOAM : 0
============================================================
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 412 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon show counter tcont
Description:
Show Tcont counters, including send Idle bytes.
Syntax:
gpon show counter tcont tcont_id
Parameter:
tcont_id

– specify the tcont-ID

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to display Tcont counters.
RTK.0> gpon show counter tcont 0

============================================================
GPON ONU MAC Device Counter: TCont 0 Gem
U/S sent GEM
: 0
============================================================
============================================================
GPON ONU MAC Device Counter: TCont 0 Eth
U/S sent Eth Pkt: 0
============================================================
============================================================
GPON ONU MAC Device Counter: TCont 0 Idle
U/S sent Idle Byte: 0
============================================================
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 413 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon show counter flow
Description:
Show flow counters, including downstream GEM packets,
downstream GEM bytes, downstream RX Ethernet packets,
downstream forward Ethernet packets, and upstream GEM bytes.
Syntax:
gpon show counter flow flow_id

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
flow_id

– specify the flow-ID

Examples:
This example shows how to display flow counters.

RTK.0> gpon show counter flow 0
============================================================
GPON ONU MAC Device Counter: D/S Flow 0 Gem
D/S GEM blocks : 0
D/S GEM bytes
: 0
============================================================
============================================================
GPON ONU MAC Device Counter: D/S Flow 0 Eth
RX Eth Pkt
: 0
Fwd Eth Pkt
: 0
============================================================
============================================================
GPON ONU MAC Device Counter: U/S Flow 0 Gem
U/S GEM blocks : 0
U/S GEM bytes
: 0
============================================================
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 414 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon omci_tx
Description:
Configure debug flag of GPON module. For debug used.
Syntax:
gpon omci_tx data1 data2 data3 data4 data5 data6 data7 data8
data9 data10 data11
Parameter:
data1 - daga11

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

– data block of OMCI packet. 4 bytes for
each data block. total 44 byte.

Examples:
This example shows how to transmit a OMCI packet.

RTK.0> gpon omci_tx 0x11223344 0x55667788 0x99aabbcc 0x11223344
0x55667788 0x99aabbcc 0x11223344 0x55667788 0x99aabbcc
0x11223344 0x55667788
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 415 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set auto-tcont
Description:
Configure to add tcont automatically when received assign ONU-ID
PLOAM. Default is enable.
Syntax:
gpon set auto-tcont < enable | disable >
Parameter:
enable

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
disable

– enable to add tcont automatically when
received assign ONU-ID PLOAM.
– disable to add tcont automatically
when received assign ONU-ID PLOAM.

Examples:
This example shows how to disable adding tcont automatically
when received assign ONU-ID PLOAM.
RTK.0> gpon set auto-tcont enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 416 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get auto-tcont
Description:
Get to the state of add tcont automatically when received assign
ONU-ID PLOAM.
Syntax:
gpon get auto-tcont
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get the state of add tcont
automatically when received assign ONU-ID PLOAM.
RTK.0> gpon get auto-tcont
GPON auto TCONT state: Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 417 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set auto-boh
Description:
Configure to update BOH automatically when received burst
overhead, extended overhead, and ranging time PLOAM. Default is
enable.
Syntax:
gpon set auto- boh < enable | disable >

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
enable
disable

– enable auto-boh.
– disable auto-boh.

Examples:
This example shows how to enable auto-boh.
RTK.0> gpon set auto-boh enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 418 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get auto-boh
Description:
Get to the state of auto-boh.
Syntax:
gpon get auto-boh
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get the state of auto-boh.
RTK.0> gpon get auto-boh

GPON auto BOH state: Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 419 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set eqd-offset
Description:
Configure to adjust eqd offset.
Syntax:
gpon set eqd-offset < plus | minus > offset
Parameter:
plus
minus
offset

– the eqd is plus offset.
– the eqd is minus offset.
– specify the offset value.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to adjust eqd by offset.
RTK.0> gpon set eqd-offset plus 100
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 420 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon get eqd-offset
Description:
Get to the eqd offset setting.
Syntax:
gpon get eqd-offset
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get the eqd offset.
RTK.0> gpon get eqd-offset
GPON EQD offset: 100
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 421 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

gpon set debug
Description:
Configure debug flag of GPON module. For debug used.
Syntax:
gpon set debug < enable | disable >
Parameter:
enable
disable

– specify to enable debug mode
– specify to disable debug mode

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to enable and disable GPON debug mode.
RTK.0> gpon set debug enable
RTK.0> gpon set debug disable

SFU Product

Page 422 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.18.

Switch commands

switch init
Description:
This command can reset & initialize switch control module.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
switch init
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to initialized switch module.
RTK.0> switch init

SFU Product

Page 423 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set 48-pass-1
Description:
This command can set switch 48-pass-1 state.
Syntax:
switch set 48-pass-1 state 
Parameter:
state
disable
enable

- state configuration
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to enable switch 48-pass-1.
RTK.0> switch set 48-pass-1 state enable

SFU Product

Page 424 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get 48-pass-1
Description:
This command can get switch 48-pass-1 setting.
Syntax:
switch get 48-pass-1 state
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get switch 48-pass-1 setting.
RTK.0> switch get 48-pass-1 stat
48 Pass 1 function: Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 425 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set ipg-compensation
Description:
This command can get switch igp compensation rate. The switch
igp compensation can be enableot disable by this command.
Syntax:
switch set ipg-compensation state 
switch set ipg-compensation <65ppm | 90ppm>
Parameter:
state
disable
enable
65ppm
90ppm

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
-

state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
65ppm configuration
90ppm configuration

Examples:
This example shows how to enable ipg compensation function and
set rate to 90ppm.
RTK.0> switch get ipg-compensation
IPG compensation: 90PPM
RTK.0> switch set ipg-compensation state enable

SFU Product

Page 426 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get ipg-compensation
Description:
This command can get ipg compensation settiog.
Syntax:
switch get ipg-compensation state
switch get ipg-compensation
Parameter:
state

- state configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get ipg compensation setting.
RTK.0> switch get ipg-compensation state
Short IPG function: Enable
RTK.0> switch get ipg-compensation
IPG compensation: 90PPM

SFU Product

Page 427 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set bypass-tx-crc
Description:
This command can set switch tx CRC mode. Set state to disable
will bypass tx CRC check, the CRC error packet will be send out.
Syntax:
switch set bypass-tx-crc state 
Parameter:
state
disable
enable

- state configuration
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how set bypass TX CRC state to enable.
RTK.0> switch set bypass-tx-crc state enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 428 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get bypass-tx-crc
Description:
This command used to get bypass tx crc state.
Syntax:
switch get bypass-tx-crc state
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get bypass tx CRC state.
RTK.0> switch get bypass-tx-crc state
Bypass Tx CRC: Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 429 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set rx-check-crc
Description:
This command can per port set rx CRC check state.
Syntax:
switch set rx-check-crc port  state

Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to set port 0 rx-check-crc status to
disable. Port 2 can accept CRC error frames.
RTK.0> switch set rx-check-crc port 0 state disable

SFU Product

Page 430 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get rx-check-crc
Description:
This command can per port get rx-check-crc status.
Syntax:
switch get rx-check-crc port  state
Parameter:
ports
all
state

- specified port list
– specify all ports
- state configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get rx-check-crc status for port 0.
RTK.0> switch get rx-check-crc port 0 state
Port
Status
----------------------------0
Disable

SFU Product

Page 431 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set mac-address
Description:
This command can set switch MAC address.
Syntax:
switch set mac-address mac
Parameter:
Mac

- mac address

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to set switch MAC address to
00:00:11:52:33:22.
RTK.0> switch set mac-address 00:00:11:52:33:22.

SFU Product

Page 432 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get mac-address
Description:
This command can get switch MAC address.
Syntax:
switch get mac-address
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get switch MAC address.
RTK.0> switch get mac-address
Switch MAC Address: 00:00:11:52:33:22

SFU Product

Page 433 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set max-pkt-len
Description:
This command can set maximum accept packet length for each port.
Please set max-pkt-len first, and then assign each port to
max-pkt-len index.
Syntax:
switch set max-pkt-len  port 
index index
switch set max-pkt-len index index length lenth

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
fe
ge
ports
all
index
length

- fast ethernet
- giga ethernet
- specified port list

– specify all ports
- index of length configuration
- packet length, unit byte

Examples:
This example shows how to set port 0 link in giga mode the maximum
accept packet length to 1518 bytes.
RTK.0> switch set max-pkt-len index 0 length 1518
RTK.0> switch set max-pkt-len ge port 0 index 0

SFU Product

Page 434 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get max-pkt-len
Description:
This command can get the maximum accept packet length setting.
Syntax:
switch get max-pkt-len  port 
switch get max-pkt-len index index
Parameter:
fe
ge
ports
all
index

–
-

fast Ethernet
giga Ethernet
specified port list
specify all ports
index of length configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get maximum accept packet length
setting.
RTK.0> switch get max-pkt-len index 0
Max-Length Index 0 is Length 0 bytes.
RTK.0> switch get max-pkt-len ge port 0
Port
Speed
Config
----------------------------0
1000M
0

SFU Product

Page 435 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set limit-pause
Description:
This command can set switch limit pause frame state.
Syntax:
switch set limit-pause state 
Parameter:
State
Disable
Enable

- state configuration
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to set switch limit pause frame state to
enable.
RTK.0> switch set limit-pause state enable

SFU Product

Page 436 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get limit-pause
Description:
This command can set switch limit pause frame state.
Syntax:
switch get limit-pause state
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get switch limit pause frame state.
RTK.0> switch get limit-pause state
Limit Pause Frame: Enable

SFU Product

Page 437 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set small-ipg-tag
Description:
This cmmand can set each port can accept small IPG tag or not.
Syntax:
switch set small-ipg-tag port  state

Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to accept small ipg for port 0.
RTK.0> switch set small-ipg-tag port 0 state enable

SFU Product

Page 438 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get small-ipg-tag
Description:
This command used to get accept small ipg tag setting for each
port.
Syntax:
switch get small-ipg-tag port  state
Parameter:
ports
all
state

- specified port list
– specify all ports
- state configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get small ipg setting for port 0.
RTK.0> switch get small-ipg-tag port 0
Port
Status
----------------------------0
Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 439 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set small-pkt
Description:
Thos command can set each port can accept small packet or not.
Syntax:
switch set small-pkt port  state 
Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to accept small packet for port 0.
RTK.0> switch set small-pkt port 0 state enable

SFU Product

Page 440 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get small-pkt
Description:
Syntax:
switch get small-pkt port  state
Parameter:
ports
all
state

- specified port list
– specify all ports
- state configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get small packet setting for port 0.
RTK.0> switch get small-ipg-tag port 0
Port
Status
----------------------------0
Disable

SFU Product

Page 441 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set output-drop
Description:
When this function enabled packet will be droped in ingress port
when traffic conjuest occurs. The packet type would be broadcast,
unknown-unicast and multicast.
Syntax:
switch set output-drop port  state

switch set output-drop  state 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable
broadcast
unknown-unicast
multicast

- specified port list
– specify all ports
-

state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
broadcast
unknown unicast
multicast

Examples:
This example shows how to enable output-drop function on port
0 and set check packet type to broadcast, unknown-unicast and
multicast.
RTK.0> switch set output-drop port 0 state enable
RTK.0> switch set output-drop broadcast state enable
RTK.0> switch set output-drop unknown-unicast state enable
RTK.0> switch set output-drop multicast state enable

SFU Product

Page 442 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get output-drop
Description:
This command can get output-drop configuration.
Syntax:
switch get output-drop port  state
switch get output-drop  state
Parameter:
ports
all
state
broadcast
unknown-unicast
multicast

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration
broadcast
unknown unicast

- multicast

Examples:
This example shows how to get output-drop setting for port 0.
RTK.0> switch get output-drop port 0 state
Port Status
0
Disable

SFU Product

Page 443 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch set back-pressure
Description:
This cmmand can set switch back-pressure mode.
Syntax:
switch set back-pressure 
Parameter:
jam
defer

- jam configuration
- defer configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to set switch back-pressure to jam mode.
RTK.0> switch set back-pressure jam

SFU Product

Page 444 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch get back-pressure
Description:
This command get get switch back-pressure mode.
Syntax:
switch get back-pressure
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get switch back-pressure mode.
RTK.0> switch get back-pressure
Back-pressure: jam mode

SFU Product

Page 445 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

switch reset
Description:
This command used to reset switch.
Syntax:
switch reset 
Parameter:
global
chip

- global reset
- whole chip reset

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to reset the switch chip.
RTK.0> switch reset chip

SFU Product

Page 446 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.19.

Dot1x commands

dot1x init
Description:
This command can reset & initialize Dot1x module.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
dot1x init
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to initial Dot1x module.
RTK.0> dot1x init
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 447 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x set port-based
Description:
This command can set Dot1x port-based state, authentication
state and direction.
Syntax:
dot1x set port-based port  state 
dot1x set port-based port  
dot1x set port-based port  direction 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable
auth
unauth
direction
in
both

- specified port list
–
-

specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration
enable configuration
authed configuration
un-authed configuration
auth packet checking direction
in direction
both in and out direction

Examples:
This example shows how to enable port 0 port-based 1X. Set port
0 to Authed state. The auth packet checking direction set to both
in and out direction.
RTK.0> dot1x set port-based port 0 state enable
RTK.0> dot1x set port-based port 0 auth
RTK.0> dot1x set port-based port 0 direction both

SFU Product

Page 448 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x get port-based
Description:
This command can get port-based Dot1x setting.
Syntax:
dot1x get port-based port 
Parameter:
ports
all

- specified port list
– specify all ports

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get port-based Dot1x status for port
0.
Port Direction State
AuthedStatus
0

SFU Product

BOTH

Enable Authorized

Page 449 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x set mac-based
Description:
This command can set Dot1x mac based state, authentication state
and direction.
Syntax:
dot1x set mac-based port  state 
dot1x set mac-based direction 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
ports
all
state
disable
enable
direction
in
both

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration
disable configuration

-

enable configuration
auth packet checking direction
in direction
both in and out direction

Examples:
This example shows how to enable port 1 dot1x mac-based state
to enable. The auth packet checking direction set to rx
direction.
RTK.0> dot1x set mac-based port 1 state enable
RTK.0>
RTK.0> dot1x set mac-based direction in
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 450 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x get mac-based
Description:
This command can get mac-based Dot1x setting.
Syntax:
dot1x get mac-based port  state
dot1x get mac-based direction
Parameter:
ports
all
state
direction

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
state configuration
authorized checking direction

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get mac-based Dot1x status for port
0.
RTK.0> dot1x get mac-based direction
Mac-based direction: BOTH
RTK.0> dot1x get mac-based port 1
Port State
1
Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 451 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x set trap-priority
Description:
Configure priority for packets trapped to CPU for related dot1x
functions
Syntax:
dot1x set trap-priority priority
Parameter:
priority

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- priority for trapping packets

Examples:
This example shows how to configurate dot1x trap priority to 7.
RTK.0> dot1x set trap-priority 7
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 452 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x get trap-priority
Description:
Retriving priority for packets trapped to cpu for related dot1x
functions
Syntax:
dot1x get trap-priority
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get dot 1x trap priority.
RTK.0> dot1x get trap-priority
Trap priority:7

SFU Product

Page 453 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x set unauth-packet
Description:
This command can set forwad action for unauth-packet.
Syntax:
dot1x set unauth-pakcet port  action

Parameter:
ports
all
drop
trap-to-cpu
guest-vlan

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
drop packet
trap packet to cpu port
assign to guest vlan

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to set the unauth-packet all trap-to-cpu
for port 0.
RTK.0> dot1x set unauth-packet port 0 action trap-to-cpu

SFU Product

Page 454 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x get unauth-packet
Description:
This command can get unauth-packet action.
Syntax:
dot1x get unauth-pakcet port  action
Parameter:
ports
all
action

- specified port list
– specify all ports
- packet be treated configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get unauth-packet action for port 0.
RTK.0> dot1x get unauth-packet port 0 action
Port Unauth Action
0
Drop
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 455 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x set guest-vlan
Description:
This command use to assign vid for guest vlan and it can set the
packet belong to guset vlan can forward to authed destination
mac or not.
Syntax:
dot1x set guest-vlan vid vid
dot1x set guest-vlan to-auth-da 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
vid
to-auth-da
Allow
Disallow

–
–
-

specify the numeric VLAN identifier
forward to authed destination mac
allow configuration
disallow configuration

Examples:
This example can assign VID 200 to guest vlan and it set guest
vlan packet can not forward to authed destination mac.
RTK.0> vlan create vlan-table vid 200
RTK.0> dot1x set guest-vlan vid 200
RTK.0> dot1x set guest-vlan to-auth-da disallow

SFU Product

Page 456 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

dot1x get guest-vlan
Description:
This command can get dot1x guest vlan setting.
Syntax:
dot1x get guest-vland
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get dot1x guest vlan setting.
RTK.0> dot1x get guest-vlan
Guest vlan: 200
Allow guest vlan talk to auth. DA: Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 457 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.20.

Trunk commands

trunk init
Description:
This command can reset & initialize port trunking module.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
trunk init
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to reset initial port trunking function.
RTK.0> trunk init
RTK.0> trunk get member-port
Trunk portmask: none

RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 458 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk set distribute-algorithm
Description:
This command can configure the distribution algorithm for trunk
group.
Syntax:
trunk set distribute-algorithm [ dst-ip ] [ dst-l4-port ]
[ dst-mac ] [ src-ip ] [ src-l4-port ] [ src-mac ] [ src-port ]

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
dst-ip
dst-l4-port
dst-mac
src-ip
src-l4-port
src-mac
src-port

-

Destination IP
Destination Layer 4 port number
Destination MAC address
Source IP

- Source Layer 4 port number
- Source MAC address
- Source port

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the distribution algorithm
as “Destination IP” + “Source IP”.
RTK.0> trunk set distribute-algorithm dst-ip src-ip
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 459 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk get distribute-algorithm
Description:
This command can get the distribution algorithm for trunk group.
Syntax:
trunk get distribute-algorithm
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get the distribution algorithm.
RTK.0> trunk get distribute-algorithm
Distribute Algorithm:
Source IP
Destination IP

RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 460 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk set flood-mode
Description:
This command can configure the flood mode for trunk group.
Syntax:
trunk set flood-mode < normal | to-1st-logic-port >
Parameter:
normal

- Flooding packets will be forwarded
according to distribution algorithm
- Flooding packets will be forwarded
according to 1st logical port

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
to-1st-logic-port

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the flood mode to
“to-1st-logical port”.
RTK.0> trunk set flood-mode to-1st-logic-port
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 461 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk get flood-mode
Description:
This command can get the flood mode for trunk group.
Syntax:
trunk get flood-mode
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get the flood mode.
RTK.0> trunk get flood-mode

Flood Mode: Forward to first port

RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 462 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk set flow-control
Description:
This command can configure the flow control ability for trunk
group. When enabling this ability, Apollo will send pause frame
to the ports which receive packet and forward the packets to
trunk group. This ability is used when users want to change
distribution algorithm of member ports
Syntax:
trunk set flow-control state < disable | enable >

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
disable
enabled

- Disable flow Control
- Enable flow control

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the flow control to enabled.
RTK.0> trunk set flow-control state enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 463 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk get flow-control
Description:
This command can get the flow control ability for trunk group.
Syntax:
trunk get flow-control
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get the flow control ability.
RTK.0> trunk get flow-control
Trunk Flow Control: Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 464 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk set hash-mapping
Description:
This command can configure the mapping table of hash value and
port ID in trunk group.
Syntax:
trunk set hash-mapping hash-value < value | all > port port
Parameter:
value
all
port

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- Specify the hash value (0 ~ 15)
- Specify all hash value
- The port ID in trunk group

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the 16 hash values to 4 trunk
ports.
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>
RTK.0>

SFU Product

trunk
trunk
trunk
trunk
trunk
trunk
trunk
trunk
trunk
trunk
trunk
trunk
trunk
trunk
trunk
trunk

set
set
set
set
set
set
set
set
set
set
set
set
set
set
set
set

hash-mapping
hash-mapping
hash-mapping
hash-mapping
hash-mapping
hash-mapping
hash-mapping
hash-mapping
hash-mapping
hash-mapping
hash-mapping
hash-mapping
hash-mapping
hash-mapping
hash-mapping
hash-mapping

hash-value
hash-value
hash-value
hash-value
hash-value
hash-value
hash-value
hash-value
hash-value
hash-value
hash-value
hash-value
hash-value
hash-value
hash-value
hash-value

Page 465 / 529

0 port 0
1 port 0
2 port 0
3 port 0
4 port 1
5 port 1
6 port 1
7 port 1
8 port 2
9 port 2
10 port 2
11 port 2
12 port 3
13 port 3
14 port 3
15 port 3

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk get hash-mapping
Description:
This command can get the mapping table of hash value and port
ID in trunk group.
Syntax:
trunk get hash-mapping hash-value all
trunk get hash-mapping hash-value value

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
all
value

- Specify all hash value
- specify the hash value (0 ~ 15)

Examples:
This example shows how to get all hash value in mapping table.
RTK.0> trunk get hash-mapping hash-value all
Hash
Hash
Hash
Hash
Hash
Hash
Hash
Hash
Hash
Hash
Hash
Hash
Hash
Hash
Hash
Hash

Value
Value
Value
Value
Value
Value
Value
Value
Value
Value
Value
Value
Value
Value
Value
Value

0 to Port 0 in trunk group
1 to Port 0 in trunk group
2 to Port 0 in trunk group
3 to Port 0 in trunk group
4 to Port 1 in trunk group
5 to Port 1 in trunk group
6 to Port 1 in trunk group
7 to Port 1 in trunk group
8 to Port 2 in trunk group
9 to Port 2 in trunk group
10 to Port 2 in trunk group
11 to Port 2 in trunk group
12 to Port 3 in trunk group
13 to Port 3 in trunk group
14 to Port 3 in trunk group
15 to Port 3 in trunk group

RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 466 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk set member-port
Description:
This command can configure the member ports of trunk group.
Syntax:
trunk set member-port < PORT_LIST:ports | none >
Parameter:
ports
none

- Trunk port mask (0-1, 4-5)
- Specify no ports in trunk

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to configure a trunk group with member
ports 0-1.
RTK.0> trunk set member-port 0-1
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 467 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk get member-port
Description:
This command can get the member ports of trunk group.
Syntax:
trunk get member-port
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get a trunk group member ports
RTK.0> trunk get member-port
Trunk portmask: 0-1

RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 468 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk set mode
Description:
This command can configure the mode of trunk group.
Dumb mode: The destination port choosen is based on system hash
value mapping table.
Normal mode: The destination port choosen is based on customer
hash value mapping table.
Syntax:
trunk set mode < dumb | normal >

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
dumb
normal

- Dumb mode
- Normal mode

Examples:
This example shows how to configure a trunk mode as “normal
mode”.
RTK.0> trunk set mode normal
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 469 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk get mode
Description:
This command can get the mode of trunk group.
Syntax:
trunk get mode
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get trunk mode.
RTK.0> trunk get mode

Trunk Mode: Normal mode
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 470 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

trunk get queue-empty
Description:
This command can get the port mask wich all queues are empty.
Syntax:
trunk get queue-empty
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get queue empty mask.
RTK.0> trunk get queue-empty
Queue Empty Port Mask: none

RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 471 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.21.

Auto Fallback commands

auto-fallback set port
Description:
This command can configure the state of auto fallback per port
basis.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Syntax:
auto-fallback set port PORT_LIST:ports state < disable | enable
>

Parameter:
ports
disable
enable

- Specify a port list
- Disable Auto fallback
- Enable Auto fallback

Examples:
This example shows how to enable auto fallback at port 0 & 1.
RTK.0> auto-fallback set port 0-1 state enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 472 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback get port
Description:
This command can get the state / status / counter of auto fallback
per port basis .
Syntax:
auto-fallback get port PORT_LIST:ports state

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
auto-fallback get port PORT_LIST:ports error-counter

auto-fallback get port PORT_LIST:ports monitor-counter
auto-fallback get port PORT_LIST:ports restore

auto-fallback get port PORT_LIST:ports valid-flow

Parameter:
ports
state
error-counter
monitor-counter
restore
valid-flow

-

Specify a port list
state of auto fallback
Error packet counter
Monitor packet counter
the state of restore power level
the state of valid flow

Examples:
This example shows how to get auto fallback information at port
0 & 1.
RTK.0> auto-fallback get port 0-1 state
Port 0 Auto Fallback State: Enable
Port 1 Auto Fallback State: Enable
RTK.0> auto-fallback get port 0-1 error-counter
Port 0 Error counter: 0
Port 1 Error counter: 0

SFU Product

Page 473 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

RTK.0> auto-fallback get port 0-1 monitor-counter
Port 0 Monitort counter: 0
Port 1 Monitort counter: 0
RTK.0> auto-fallback get port 0-1 restore
Port 0 Restore Power Level: Not Restore Power Level
Port 1 Restore Power Level: Not Restore Power Level

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
RTK.0> auto-fallback get port 0-1 valid-flow
Port 0 Valid Flow state: None Valid Flow
Port 1 Valid Flow state: None Valid Flow

RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 474 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback set error-count
Description:
This command can configure the error count threshold of auto
fallback..
Syntax:
auto-fallback set error-count < 1 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 |
128 >

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
1
2
4
8
16
32
64
128

- Specify the error count threshold to 1
- Specify the error count threshold to 2
- Specify the error count threshold to 4
-

Specify
Specify
Specify
Specify
Specify

the
the
the
the
the

error
error
error
error
error

count threshold to 8
count threshold to 16
count threshold to 32
count threshold to 64
count threshold to 128

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the error count threshold
as 8
RTK.0> auto-fallback set error-count 8
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 475 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback get error-count
Description:
This command can get the error count threshold of auto fallback..
Syntax:
auto-fallback set error-count
Parameter:
None.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get the error count threshold.
RTK.0> auto-fallback get error-count
Max Error Count: 8 packets

RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 476 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback set monitor-count
Description:
This command can configure the monitor count threshold of auto
fallback.
Syntax:
auto-fallback set monitor-count < 8K | 16K | 32K | 64K | 128K
| 256K | 512K | 1M >

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
8K
16K
32K
64K
128K
256K
512K
1M

- Specify the monitor count threshold to 8K
- Specify the monitor count threshold to 16K
- Specify the monitor count threshold to 32K
- Specify the monitor count threshold to 64K
- Specify the monitor count threshold to
128K
- Specify the monitor count threshold to
256K
- Specify the monitor count threshold to
512K
- Specify the monitor count threshold to 1M

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the monitor count threshold
as 8K
RTK.0> auto-fallback set monitor-count 8K
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 477 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback get monitor-count
Description:
This command can get the monitor count threshold of auto
fallback.
Syntax:
auto-fallback set monitor-count < 8K | 16K | 32K | 64K | 128K
| 256K | 512K | 1M >

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
None.

Examples:
This example shows how to get the monitor count threshold.
RTK.0> auto-fallback get monitor-count
Max Monitor Count: 8K packets

RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 478 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback set ignore-timeout
Description:
This command can configure the ignore timeout ability of auto
fallback. When enabling this ability, TCP timeout event will not
be treated as an error.
Syntax:
auto-fallback set ignore-timeout < disable | enable >

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
disable
enable

- enable ignore timeout ability
- disable ignore timeout ability

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the ignore timeout ability
as enabled
RTK.0> auto-fallback set ignore-timeout enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 479 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback get ignore-timeout
Description:
This command can get the ignore timeout ability of auto fallback.
Syntax:
auto-fallback get ignore-timeout
Parameter:
None.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get the ignore timeout ability as
enabled
RTK.0> auto-fallback get ignore-timeout
Ignore Timeout State: Enable

RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 480 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback set reduce-power-level
Description:
This command can configure the ability of reducing power level
when the error event is great than error count threshold.
Syntax:
auto-fallback set reduce-power-level < disable | enable >

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
disable
enable

- enable reduce power level ability
- disable reduce power level ability

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the reduce power level
ability as enabled
RTK.0> auto-fallback set reduce-power-level enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 481 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback get reduce-power-level
Description:
This command can get

the ability of reducing power level.

Syntax:
auto-fallback get reduce-power-level
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get the reduce power level ability as
enabled
RTK.0> auto-fallback get reduce-power-level
Reduce Power Level State: Enable

RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 482 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback set timer
Description:
This command can configure the state of timer and its value.
Syntax:
auto-fallback set timer state < disable | enable >
auto-fallback set timer timer

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
disable
enable
timer

- disable timer
- enable timer
- the value of timer

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the timer as enabled and its
value as 1000
RTK.0> auto-fallback set timer 1000
RTK.0> auto-fallback set timer state en
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 483 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

auto-fallback get timer
Description:
This command can get the state of timer and its value.
Syntax:
auto-fallback get timer state
auto-fallback get timer

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to get the state of timer its value.
RTK.0> auto-fallback get timer state
Timer State: Enable

RTK.0> auto-fallback get timer
Timeout threshold: 4ms

RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 484 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.22.

OAM commands

oam init
Description:
This command can reset & initialize OAM module. The oam module
used to control received oam packet behavior.

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Syntax:
oam init
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to initialize OAM module.
RTK.0> oam init
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 485 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

oam set state
Description:
This command can enable or disable oam function. Enable oam
function will trap oam packet to CPU.
Syntax:
oam set state 
Parameter:
disable
enable

- disable configuration
- enable configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to enable oam function.
RTK.0> oam set state enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 486 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

oam get state
Description:
This command can get the oam status.
Syntax:
oam get state
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get oam state.
RTK.0> oam get state
OAM State is Enable

SFU Product

Page 487 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

oam set multiplexer
Description:
This command used to set oam transmitting multiplexing function.
Syntax:
oam set multiplexer port  action 
Parameter:
ports
all
forward
discard
from-cpu-only

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
forward non-oam packet
discard non-oam packet
accept packet from cpu port only

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to set port 0 oam multiplexer action to
forward.
RTK.0> oam set multiplexer port 0 action forward
0
Forward
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 488 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

oam get multiplexer
Description:
This command can get per port oam multiplexer action.
Syntax:
oam get multiplexer port 
Parameter:
ports
all

- specified port list
– specify all ports

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get port 0 oam multiplexer action.
RTK.0> oam
Port
0
RTK.0>

SFU Product

get multiplexer port 0

Multiplexer Action
Forward

Page 489 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

oam set parser
Description:
This command can set oam parser action.
Syntax:
oam set parser port  action 
Parameter:
ports
all
forward
lookback

–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
forward non-OAMPDUs
loopback non-OAMPDUs
drop CRC and receiving FAILED packets
trap OAMPDUs to CPU

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
discard

- discard non-OAMPDUs

Examples:
This example shows how to set port 0 oam parser acxion to
lookback.
RTK.0> oam set parser port 0 action loopback
Set OAM Parser
Port
Parser Action
----------------------------0
Loop Back
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 490 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

oam get parser
Description:
This command can per port get oam parser action.
Syntax:
oam get parser port 
Parameter:
ports
all

- specified port list
– specify all ports

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get oam parser action for port 0.
RTK.0> oam get parser port 0
Get OAM Parser
Port
Parser Action
----------------------------0
Forward
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 491 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

oam set trap-priority
Description:
Configure priority for packets trapped to cpu for related oam
functions
Syntax:
oam set trap-priority priority
Parameter:
priority

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- priority for trapping packets

Examples:
This example shows how to configurate oam trap priority to 7.
RTK.0> oam set trap-priority 7

SFU Product

Page 492 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

oam get trap-priority
Description:
Retriving priority for packets trapped to cpu for related oam
function
Syntax:
oam get trap-priority
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get oam trap priority.
RTK.0> oam get trap-priority
OAM Trap Priority is 7
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 493 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

2.23.

Loop commands

rldp init
Description:
This command can reset & initialize RLDP module.
Syntax:
rldp init

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
None

Examples:
This example shows how to initialize RLDP module.
RTK.0> rldp init
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 494 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set state
Description:
These commands configure the enable/disable RLDP function of the
entire chip and each port. Chip level state configuration has
higher precedence then per port state control.
Syntax:
rldp set state 
rldp set port  state 

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Parameter:
disable
enable
ports
all

–

disable configuration
enable configuration
specified port list
specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to enable the chip and port 1-3’s RLDP
function.
RTK.0> rldp set state enable
RLDP: Disable -> Enable
RTK.0> rldp set port 1-3 state enable
Set RLDP port state
Port state
---- -----------------1
Disable -> Enable
2
Disable -> Enable
3
Disable -> Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 495 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get state
Description:
These commands get the chip and port RLDP enable/disable
configuration.
Syntax:
rldp get state
rldp get port  state
Parameter:
ports
all

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to get chip level and port 0-3’s RLDP
configuraitons.
RTK.0> rldp get state
RLDP Enable
RTK.0> rldp get port 0-3 state
Get RLDP port state
Port state
---- -------0
Disable
1
Enable
2
Enable
3
Enable

SFU Product

Page 496 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get status
Description:
This command gets the currently loop status of each port. It
display if the port is currently in looping status and if each
port ever entering/leaving looping status.
Syntax:
rldp get port  status
Parameter:
ports
all

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- specified port list
– specify all ports

Examples:
This example shows how to display port 1 and port 3s’ RLDP status.
RTK.0> rldp get port 1,3 status
Get RLDP port looped state
Port looping enter leave
---- ------- ----- ----1
3
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 497 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp clear status
Description:
This command clears the entering/leaving status of specified
port.
Syntax:
rldp clear port  status 
Parameter:
ports
all
entering
leaving

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
enter looping status
leave looping status

Examples:
This example shows how to clear port 0, 3s’ entering status and
port 1, 2s’ leaving status.
RTK.0> rldp clear port
Clear RLDP port looped
Port enter leave
---- ----- ----0
V
3
V
RTK.0>
RTK.0> rldp clear port
Clear RLDP port looped
Port enter leave
---- ----- ----1
V
2
V
RTK.0>

SFU Product

0,3 status entering
state

1,2 status leaving
state

Page 498 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set magic
Description:
This command sets the magic of outgoing RLDP frames.
Syntax:
rldp set magic mac
Parameter:
mac

- mac address

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to configure the magic of RLDP.
RTK.0> rldp set magic 01:02:03:04:05:06
RLDP Magic: 00:00:00:00:00:00 -> 01:02:03:04:05:06
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 499 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get magic
Description:
This command gets the magic used by RLDP.
Syntax:
rldp get magic
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get magic of RLDP.
RTK.0> rldp get magic
RLDP Magic: 01:02:03:04:05:06
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 500 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get identifier
Description:
This command gets the current identifier used by RLDP which is
generated by random number generator.
Syntax:
rldp get identifier
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get identifier of RLDP.
RTK.0> rldp get identifier
RLDP Identifier: 5A:E7:BD:3C:81:96
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 501 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set compare-typ
Description:
This command configures the RLDP compare type to either compare
both identifier and magic or magic only.
Syntax:
rldp set compare-typ 
Parameter:
magic-and-identif
ier
magic-only

- checking both magic and identifier

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
- checking magic only

Examples:
This example shows how to configure RLDP to compare magic only.
RTK.0> rldp set compare-type magic-only
RLDP Compare Type: Magic Number + Identifier -> Magic Number
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 502 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get compare-typ
Description:
This command gets the current compare type used by RLDP.
Syntax:
rldp get compare-typ
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get compare type of RLDP.
TK.0> rldp get compare-type
RLDP Compare Type: Magic Number
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 503 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set period
Description:
This command set the check/loop state period of RLDP.
Syntax:
rldp set  period time
Parameter:
check
loop
time

- checking state
- looping state
- time to send packets, unit 1 ms

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to configure RLDP’s check and loop state
period.
RTK.0> rldp set check period 5000
RLDP check period: 2000 ms -> 5000 ms
RTK.0>
RTK.0> rldp set loop period 5000
RLDP loop period: 2000 ms -> 5000 ms
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 504 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get period
Description:
This command gets the check/loop state period of RLDP.
Syntax:
rldp get  period
Parameter:
check
loop

- checking state
- looping state

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get RLDP’s check/loop state period.
RTK.0> rldp get check period
RLDP check period: 5000 ms
RTK.0> rldp get loop period
RLDP loop period: 5000 ms
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 505 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set number
Description:
This command sets the check/loop state of RLDP frame send count.
Syntax:
rldp set  number count
Parameter:
check
loop
count

- checking state
- looping state
- number of sending packets

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to configure RLDP’s check and loop state
frame send count.
RTK.0> rldp set check number 5
RLDP check number count: 4 -> 5
RTK.0> rldp set loop number 3
RLDP loop number count: 4 -> 3
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 506 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get number
Description:
This command gets the check/loop state of RLDP send count.
Syntax:
rldp get  number
Parameter:
check
loop

- checking state
- looping state

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get send count of RLDP check and loop
state.
RTK.0> rldp get check number
RLDP check number count: 5
RTK.0> rldp get loop number
RLDP loop number count: 3
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 507 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set control-state
Description:
This command set the force looping state of each port to indicate
that the ports has entering loop state.
Syntax:
rldp set port  control-state 
Parameter:
ports
all
looping
non-looping

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
–
-

specified port list
specify all ports
looping state
non-looping state

Examples:
This example shows how to configure port 0-2 enter loop state
and leave.
RTK.0> rldp set port 0-2 control-state looping
RTK.0>
RTK.0> rldp get port 0-3 status
Get RLDP port looped state
Port looping enter leave
---- ------- ----- ----0
V
V
1
V
V
2
V
V
3
RTK.0> rldp set port 1,2 control-state none-looping
RTK.0>
RTK.0> rldp get port 0-3 status
Get RLDP port looped state
Port looping enter leave
---- ------- ----- ----0
V
V
1
V
2
V
3
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 508 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get control-state
Description:
This command gets the force looping state of RLDP.
Syntax:
rldp get port  control-state
Parameter:
ports
all

- specified port list
– specify all ports

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how get port 0-4s’ the force looping state
of RLDP.
RTK.0> rldp get port 0-4 control-state
RLDP port control-state
Port state
---- -----------0: Looping
1: None-looping
2: None-looping
3: None-looping
4: None-looping

SFU Product

Page 509 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get looped-port-id
Description:
This command get the port ID detected by RLDP which is looped
with specified port.
Syntax:
rldp get port  looped-port-id
Parameter:
ports
all

- specified port list
– specify all ports

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get the looped port id of the specified
port.
RTK.0> rldp get port 0-4 looped-port-id
Get RLDP port looped port id
Port looped port
---- ----------0
0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0

SFU Product

Page 510 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set re-generate-identifier
Description:
This command regenerates the identifier used by RLDP.
Syntax:
rldp set re-generate-identifier
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to regenerate the identifier of RLDP.
RTK.0> rldp get identifier
RLDP Identifier: AD:86:E0:14:AE:5B
RTK.0> rldp set re-generate-identifier
RTK.0> rldp get identifier
RLDP Identifier: 72:74:33:30:4B:0D
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 511 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set handle
Description:
This command configures that RLDP frame should processed by chip
or software.
Syntax:
rldp set handle 
Parameter:
hardware
software

- detect by hardware
- detect by software

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the RLDP should processed
by chip hardware.
RTK.0> rldp set handle hardware
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 512 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get handle
Description:
This command gets the current RDLP handler.
Syntax:
rldp get handle
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how get the current RLDP handler.
RTK.0> rldp set handle hardware
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 513 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set mode
Description:
This command configures the RLDP detection mode to either
sa-moving or periodic mode.
Syntax:
rldp set mode 
Parameter:
sa-movin
periodic

- detect by host port moving
- detect periodicly

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to configure the RLDP to periodic mode.
RTK.0> rldp set mode periodic
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 514 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get mode
Description:
This command gets the current RLDP detection mode.
Syntax:
rldp get mode
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get the current RLDP detection mode.
RTK.0> rldp get mode
RLDP Mode: Peroidical

SFU Product

Page 515 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp set bypass-flow-control
Description:
This command configures if RLDP affects by flow control
mechanism.
Syntax:
rldp set bypass-flow-control state 
Parameter:
state
disable
enable

- state configuration
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to configure RLDP to bypass flow control
mechanism.
RTK.0> rldp set bypass-flow-control state enable
RLDP Bypass: Disable ->Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 516 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rldp get bypass-flow-control
Description:
This command gets the current state of RLDP bypass flowcontrol.
Syntax:
rldp get bypass-flow-control state
Parameter:
state

- state configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how to get the current bypass flowcontrol
state of RLDP.
RTK.0> rldp get bypass-flow-control
RLDP Bypass: Enable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 517 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rlpp set trap
Description:
This command configure if the RLPP packet is trapped to CPU or
not.
Syntax:
rldp set trap state 
Parameter:
state
disable
enable

- state configuration
- disable configuration
- enable configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example shows how set RLPP packet to no trapped to CPU.
RTK.0> rlpp set trap state disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 518 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

rlpp get trap
Description:
This command gets current RLPP trap state.
Syntax:
rlpp get trap state
Parameter:
state

- state configuration

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to get the trap state of RLPP.
RTK.0> rlpp get trap
RLPP Trap to CPU: Disable
RTK.0>

SFU Product

Page 519 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

Interrupt commands
interrupt init
Description:
This command can reset interrupt mask and clear interrupt status.
Syntax:
interrupt init
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how intitalize interrupt.
RTK.0> interrupt init

SFU Product

Page 520 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

interrupt set mask
Description:
This command can turn on/off the interrupt mask.
Syntax:
interrupt set mask < all | link-change | meter-exceed |
learn-over | speed-change | special-congestion | loop-detection
| cable-diag | acl | gphy | serdes | gpon | epon | ptp | dying-gasp
| thermal | adc > state < disable | enable >
Parameter:
- select all interrupt mask bit
all
- mask for link change interrupt
link-change
- mask for meter exceed interrupt
meter-exceed
- mask for L2 table learn over interrupt
learn-over

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
speed-change
special-congestion
loop-detection
cable-diag
acl
gphy
serdes
gpon
epon
ptp
dying-gasp
thermal
adc
disable
enable

-

mask for port speed change interrupt
mask for special congestion interrupt
mask for loop dection interrupt
mask for cable diagnostic interrupt
mask for acl interrupt
mask for GPHY interrupt
mask for Serdes interrupt
mask for GPON interrupt
mask for EPON interrupt
mask for PTP interrupt
mask for DyingGasp interrupt
mask for Thermal exceed interrupt
mask for ADC interrupt
disable the interrupt mask
enable the interrupt mask

Examples:
This example show how to turn on GPON interrupt mask.
RTK.0> interrupt set mask gpon state enable

SFU Product

Page 521 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

interrupt get mask
Description:
This command can turn on/off the interrupt mask.
Syntax:
interrupt get mask < all | link-change | meter-exceed |
learn-over | speed-change | special-congestion | loop-detection
| cable-diag | acl | gphy | serdes | gpon | epon | ptp | dying-gasp
| thermal | adc > state
Parameter:
- select all interrupt mask bit
all
- mask for link change interrupt
link-change
- mask for meter exceed interrupt
meter-exceed
- mask for L2 table learn over interrupt
learn-over

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
speed-change
special-congestion
loop-detection
cable-diag
acl
gphy
serdes
gpon
epon
ptp
dying-gasp
thermal
adc

-

mask
mask
mask
mask
mask
mask
mask
mask
mask
mask
mask
mask
mask

for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for

port speed change interrupt
special congestion interrupt
loop dection interrupt
cable diagnostic interrupt
acl interrupt
GPHY interrupt
Serdes interrupt
GPON interrupt
EPON interrupt
PTP interrupt
DyingGasp interrupt
Thermal exceed interrupt
ADC interrupt

Examples:
This example show how to display GPON interrupt mask.
RTK.0> interrupt get mask gpon state
IMR: Enable

SFU Product

Page 522 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

interrupt get status
Description:
This command get the interrupt status.
Syntax:
interrupt get status < all | link-change | meter-exceed |
learn-over | speed-change | special-congestion | loop-detection
| cable-diag | acl | gphy | serdes | gpon | epon | ptp | dying-gasp
| thermal | adc >
Parameter:
- select all interrupt mask bit
all
- status for link change interrupt
link-change
- status for meter exceed interrupt
meter-exceed
- status for L2 table learn over interrupt
learn-over

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
speed-change
special-congestion
loop-detection
cable-diag
acl
gphy
serdes
gpon
epon
ptp
dying-gasp
thermal
adc

-

status
status
status
status
status
status
status
status
status
status
status
status
status

for port speed change interrupt
for special congestion interrupt
for loop dection interrupt
for cable diagnostic interrupt
for acl interrupt
for GPHY interrupt
for Serdes interrupt
for GPON interrupt
for EPON interrupt
for PTP interrupt
for DyingGasp interrupt
for Thermal exceed interrupt
for ADC interrupt

Examples:
This example show how to display GPON interrupt status.
RTK.0> interrupt get status gpon
IMS: Disable

SFU Product

Page 523 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

interrupt clear status
Description:
This command clear the interrupt status.
Syntax:
interrupt clear status < all | link-change | meter-exceed |
learn-over | speed-change | special-congestion | loop-detection
| cable-diag | acl | gphy | serdes | gpon | epon | ptp | dying-gasp
| thermal | adc >
Parameter:
- select all interrupt mask bit
all
- status for link change interrupt
link-change
- status for meter exceed interrupt
meter-exceed
- status for L2 table learn over interrupt
learn-over

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
speed-change
special-congestion
loop-detection
cable-diag
acl
gphy
serdes
gpon
epon
ptp
dying-gasp
thermal
adc

-

status
status
status
status
status
status
status
status
status
status
status
status
status

for port speed change interrupt
for special congestion interrupt
for loop dection interrupt
for cable diagnostic interrupt
for acl interrupt
for GPHY interrupt
for Serdes interrupt
for GPON interrupt
for EPON interrupt
for PTP interrupt
for DyingGasp interrupt
for Thermal exceed interrupt
for ADC interrupt

Examples:
This example show how to clear GPON interrupt status.
RTK.0> inter clear status gpon

SFU Product

Page 524 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

interrupt get status detail
Description:
This command get the specific interrupt status for ports or PHYs.
Syntax:
interrupt get status < speed-change | link-up | link-down | gphy
> detail
Parameter:
- status for port speed change interrupt
speed-change
- status for link up interrupt
link-up
- status for link down interrupt
link-down
- status for GPHY interrupt
gphy

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example shows how to display link up interrupt detail
status.
RTK.0> interrupt get status link-up detail
Status: 0x00000000

SFU Product

Page 525 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

interrupt clear status detail
Description:
This command clear the specific interrupt status for ports or
PHYs.
Syntax:
interrupt clear status < speed-change | link-up | link-down |
gphy > detail
Parameter:
- status for port speed change interrupt
speed-change
- status for link up interrupt
link-up
- status for link down interrupt
link-down
- status for GPHY interrupt
gphy

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example show how to clear all ports link up interrupt
status.
RTK.0> interrupt clear status link-up detail

SFU Product

Page 526 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

interrupt set polarity
Description:
This command configure the interrupt polarity is high active or
low active while trigged.
Syntax:
interrupt set polarity < high | low >
Parameter:
- high active
high
- low active
low

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Examples:
This example show how to set the interrupt polarity as high
active.
RTK.0> interrupt set polarity high

SFU Product

Page 527 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

interrupt get polarity
Description:
This command get the interrupt polarity is high active or low
active while trigged.
Syntax:
interrupt set polarity
Parameter:
None

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L
Examples:
This example show how to display the interrupt polarity.
RTK.0> interrupt get polarity
Polarity: High

SFU Product

Page 528 / 529

Rev. 0.01

PON Diag Shell
User Guide

k
e
t
l
a
Re
L
A
I
T
N
E
D
I
F
N
O
C
c
n
I
,
y
g
o
l
o
n
h
c
e
T
o
s
o
for L

Realtek Semiconductor Corp.
Headquarters
No. 2, Innovation Road II
Hsinchu Science Park, Hsinchu 300, Taiwan
Tel.: +886-3-578-0211. Fax: +886-3-577-6047
www.realtek.com

SFU Product

Page 529 / 529

Rev. 0.01



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.5
Linearized                      : Yes
Encryption                      : Standard V2.3 (128-bit)
User Access                     : Print, Extract, Print high-res
Page Count                      : 529
XMP Toolkit                     : XMP toolkit 2.9.1-13, framework 1.6
About                           : uuid:b915e9e3-de99-4645-a985-94fc3a2e5a43
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 6.0.1 (Windows)
Category                        : Realtek PON
Company                         : Realtek Semiconductor Corp.
Source Modified                 : D:20121130090608
Headline                        : Realtek PON Diagshell User Guide
Creator Tool                    : Acrobat PDFMaker 6.0 for Word
Modify Date                     : 2013:02:04 11:21:51+08:00
Create Date                     : 2012:11:30 17:11:01+08:00
Metadata Date                   : 2013:02:04 11:21:51+08:00
Document ID                     : uuid:ba785326-e4e6-47d0-9a72-34e130d3e391
Version ID                      : 227
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : Realtek PON Diagshell User Guide
Creator                         : Realtek Semiconductor Corp.
Description                     : Realtek PON Diagshell User Guide
Subject                         : Diagshell User Guide
Tagged PDF                      : Yes
Author                          : Realtek Semiconductor Corp.
Keywords                        : Diagshell, User, Guide

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools